the university

OF ILLINOIS

Sev'fe

tSBtflS f

-T BIOLOGY

*'S book

on or

stamped

before the

°f Win

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2016

https://archive.org/details/annalsmagazineof1319unse

loy

AM

N* I ^ 3

Se/Tx V> I i

CONTENTS OF VOL. XIII.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

NUMBER 73.

E E^marks on some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands col-

lected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin F.L.S. By Thomas Scott, LL.D..

b.L.S. (Plates I. & II.) . \

II. Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes collected by the British

Antarctic (‘ Terra Nova’) Expedition. By C. Tate Regan, M.A. . 11

-o S^noPsis tbe Fishes of the Family Macrorhamphosidie.

By 0. Tate Regan, M.A 17

IV. Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.— II. By Richard

o. Bagnall, F.L.S. , F.E.S. (Hope Department of Zoology, Uni-

versity Museum, Oxford)

V. Diagnoses of new Races of African Ungulates. By Ernst

Schwarz J

,, y?\ ^(;tes 0n tlie ^P^dae (Hymenoptera) in the Collection of the

l>ntish Museum, with Descriptions of new Species. By Geoffrey

Mkade-Waldo, M.A. . J

22

31

45

VH. Notes on Collembola.— Part 2. Some Irish Collembola and

T^otes on the Genus Orchesella . By John W. Shoebotiiam, N.D.A.,

Berkhamsted. (Plate III.) | ’

V1}}' Jwo interesting Mammals from the Island of Tobago,

West Indies. By Austin II. Clark ® /

IX. On an interesting Variety of Porcellio scaber, Latr. Bv

Walter E. Collinge, iM.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S

X. Notes on the ForJicularia.~XX. A new Genus and Five new

Species from Australia. By Malcolm Burr, D.Sc., F.E.S., &c

(Plate IV.) ;

i.TXA?vtf?rfroS the fiattT Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

MO .XWL„r By Prof- M'Intosh, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c.

(Plates v. & VI.)

59

68

71

72

77

IV

CONTENTS.

Pago

XII. Notes on Mollusca collected in the North-west Falklands

by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S., with Descriptions of Six new

Species. By James Cosmo Melvill, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., and

Robert Standen, Assistant Keeper, Manchester Museum.

(Plate VII.) HO

XTII. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — LVI. By T. D. A.

Cockerell, University of Colorado 136

XIV. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Noctuidce.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S 146

XV. Rhynchotal Notes. By W. L. Distant 176

XVI. On some Remains of Rodents from the Red Crag of Suffolk

and from the Norfolk Forest-Bed. By Martin A. C. Hinton,

(Plate VIII.) 186

XVII. A new Dormouse from Northern Nigeria, presented to the

British Museum by J. C. Fox, Esq. By Guy Dollman 196

NUMBER 74.

XVIII. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Noctuidce.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S 197

XIX. On new Mammals, mainly from Bandon and the adjacent

Islands, East Coast of the Malay Peninsula. By Herbert C.

Robinson, C.M.Z.S., and C. Boden Kloss, F.Z.S 223

XX. On new Species of Histeridce and Notices of others. Bv

G. Lewis, F.L.S. (Plate IX.) 235

XXI. The Tree-Shrews of the Tupaia belangeri-chinensis Group.

By Oldfield Thomas ; 243

XXII. British Fossil Crinoids. — X. Sycocrinus Austin, Lower

Carboniferous. By F. A. Bather, F.R.S. (Plate X.) 245

XXIII. On a small Collection of Earthworms from Henderson

Island. By Dr. Luigi Cognetti de Martiis, R. Museo Zoologico,

Torino 255

XXIV. On the Crustacean Genus Sicyonella , Borradaile. By

By W. T. Calm an, D.Sc 258

XXV. Fishes from Yunnan, collected by Mr. John Graham, with

Description of a new Species of JSarilius. By C. Tate Regan, M. A. 260

XXVI. Two new Cyprinid Fishes from Waziristan, collected by

Major G. E. Bruce. By C. Tate Regan, M.A 261

XXVII. On certain recently described Australian Species of

Tabamts. By Ernest E. Austen 263

\

J

“Omnes res creatae sunt divinse sapient, ise et potentiae testes, divitiae felicitatis

humanae: — ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex oeconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earmn itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relict, is semper aestimata ;

a vere eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta ; male doctis et bar^aris semper

inimica fuit.” — Linnaeus.

“ Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’oeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses operations.” — Bruckner, Theorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

The sylvan powers

Obey our summons ; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep : the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taylor, Norwich, 1818.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING-

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, and GEOLOGY.

(being a CONTINUATION OF THE ‘annals’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CJIAKLHSWOKTh’s ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM CAllRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., E.G.S.,

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., E.Z.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

YOL. XIII.— EIGHTH SERIES.

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ;

BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN :

AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1914.

*

CONTENTS.

VII

Page

LYI. On the Fabrician Types of Tenebrionidce (Coleoptera) in the

Banks Collection. By K. G. Blair 482

LVII. Notes on African Ungulates. By Ernst Schwarz .... 491

LVIII. Some Dragonflies and their Prey. By Herbert Campion. 495

LIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — LIX. By T. D. A.

Cockerell, University of Colorado 504

LX. New Non-Marine Mollusca from Peru and Argentina. By

H. B. Preston, F.Z.S 522

NUMBER 78.

LXI. On the Ornithosaurian Genus Ornithocheirus , with a

Review of the Specimens from the Cambridge Greensand in the

Sedgwick Museum, Cambridge. By Reginald Walter Hooley,

F.G.S. (Plate XXII.) 529

LXII. Species of Amphipoda taken by ( Runa,’ July and August

1913, not in Norman’s Final Shetland Dredging Report, 1868. By

Alfred O. Walker 558

LXIII. Description of a new Genus of Terrestrial Isopoda from

Algiers. By Walter E. Collinge, M.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.

(Plate XXIII.) 561

LXIV. A new Nycteris from N.W. Rhodesia. By Knud

Andersen 563

LXV. On small Mammals from Djarkent, Central Asia. By

Oldfield Thomas ib.

LX VI. Three new S. -American Mammals. By Oldfield

Thomas 573

LX VII. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Coluber from

Northern China. By G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S 576

LXVIII. Notes on the Forficularia. — XXI. Progress in Derma-

ptera in 1912 and 1913. By Malcolm Burr, D.Sc., F.E.S., F.Z.S.,

F.G.S., F.L.S 577

LXIX. On the Ceylonese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera belonging

to the Genus Adoretus. By Gilbert J. Arrow 587

LXX. On the Burmese Species of Ruteline Coleoptera belonging

to the Genus Adorctus. By Gilbert J. Arrow 594

via

CONTENTS.

Page

New Books : — Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaense in the British

Museum. Vols. XII. aud XIII. By Sir George F. Hampson,

Bart. — The Pliocene Mollusca of Great Britain, being Supple-

mentary to S. V. Wood’s Monograph of the Crag Mollusca. By

F. W. Harmer, F.G.S., F.R.Met.S. Part I. 601, 604

Proceedings of the Geological Society 60o, 606

Index 607

PLATES IN VOL. XIII.

Plate^I. | Q0pep0(ja from the Falkland Islands.

III. Irish Collembola.

IV. Dermaptera from Australia.

V. Lesser Rorqual.

VI. Species of Prionospio.

VII. Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

VIII. Rodent Remains from Suffolk and Norfolk.

IX. New species of Histeridse.

X. Species of Sycocrinus.

XI. Bristles from Megalia assimilis and perarmata.

XII. Species of Pyrochroidse.

XIII. j

j- Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

XVI. '

XVII. Species of Limnoria.

XVIII. New Mollusca from Japan.

1 South- African Land-Mollusca.

XX. I

XXI. Cholidya polypi.

XXII. Remains of Ornithocheirus from the Cambridge Greensand.

XXIII. Paraniambia tuberculata.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

“ per lifcora spargite museum.

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores :

Floribua et pictum, divae, replete eanistrum.

At vos, o Nymphae Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata eorallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Deae pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N.Parthenii Giannettasi, Eel. 1.

No. 73. JANUARY 1914.

I. — Remarks on some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands

collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin} F.L.S. By Thomas

Scott, LL.D., F.L.S.

[Plates I. & II.]

Several expeditions engaged in scientific research in the

southern oceans have, from time to time, visited the Falkland

Islands and collected samples of the fauna of this far-distant

British dependency; consequently, as the Rev. T. R. R.

Stebbing remarks, “ the general features of the zoology of

the Falklands are tolerably well known So far, how-

ever, as the Crustacean fauna is concerned, marine species

appear to have received rather more attention than those

found in the fresh waters of the Islands.

One of the later visits to these Islands was that of the

Swedish South Polar Expedition in 1901-1903. Some

fresh-water collections from the Falklands were brought

home by this expedition, and the Copepoda contained in

these were reported on by Dr. Sven Ekinan in 1905 in

Lieferung 4, vol. v. of the account of the expedition.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Bond., May 1900, p. 517.

Ann. dc Mag. N. Ilist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

1

2

D.. T. Scott cn some

Few attempts appear to have been made to systematically

examine the fresh-water Entomostraca of the Islands, and

the collections now under consideration are therefore the

more interesting, as they represent most of the fresh-water

areas that are of any importance.

A paper describing some results of Mr. Vallentin’s re-

searches at the Falklands in 1898-1899 has already been

published. This paper, prepared by the Rev. T. R. R.

Stebbing, appeared in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological

Society of London 9 in May 1900, and deals with Crustacea

belonging to the Bracliyura, Macrura, Schizopoda, and

Isopod a — all of them marine except Trichoniscus magellanicus,

specimens of which were “ found in a damp cave on the top

of a hill 450 feet high 2 miles distant from Stanley

The Copepoda referred to in the following notes were

obtained in gatherings from various places, and were collected

at various times during 1909, 1910, and 1911. Most of the

samples examined were from fresh-water localities, but a few

of them were marine, and these were collected chiefly by

tow-net in the vicinity of the Islands. The number of fresh-

water samples was considerable, and in some of them

Copepoda were tolerably plentiful ; but there was not much

variety — indeed, some of the gatherings consisted almost

exclusively of one or two species. Calanoids and Cyclops

were generally present, but no Harpactids were noticed in

any of the fresh- water samples. The following is a descrip-

tion of species belonging to the Calanoida and Cyclopoida

observed in the collections*: —

Calanoida.

Fam. Centropagidse.

Genus Boeckella, de Guerne and Richard, 1889.

In this genus the inner rami of the last pair of legs in the

male are more or less rudimentary and almost devoid of

armature. Only one species of Boeckella was observed in

Mr. VallentiiPs collections.

Boeckella michaelseni (Mrazek). (PI. I. figs. 4-6.)

1901. Boeckellina michaelseni, Mrazek, (5) p. 11, figs. 5, 10, 20, 23, et

seq.

* Notes on some marine Harpacticoida &c. observed in the marine

samples will appear later.

3

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

1901. Boeckella pygmcea, Daday, “ Diagnoses prsecursoriae Copepodorum

novorum e Patagonia,” in Tennesz. Fiizet. 24-.

1902. Pseudoboeckella pygmcea , Daday, “ Mikroskopische Siisswass-

thiere aus Patagonien,” op. cit. 25.

1905. Pseudoboeckella cinder ssonorum , Ekman, (2) p. 10, pi. i. figs. 3-5.

1905. Boeckella michaelseni , Ekman, (3) p. 603.

This species occurred in at least eight gatherings, and

both males and females bearing ovisacs were observed. The

species, though comparatively small, is readily distinguished,

both the female and male, but especially the latter, by the

structure of the fifth pair of legs. In the female the spine

on the inner distal angle of the second joint of the outei

ramus is comparatively feeble and shorter than the third

joint, and this third joint, which is smaller than the preceding

one, carries only three bristles ; the two terminal bristles are

unequal in length, one being tolerably stout and spiniform

and longer than the other; the third bristle, which is also

small, springs from near the lower end of the outer margin.

In the male the fifth pair of legs are tolerably long and

slender and unsymmetrical. The left leg is somewhat

shorter than the other, and the first joint of the outer ramus

has the inside margin expanded and convexly and evenly

rounded, and with the rounded edge fringed with small

hairs ; the second joint is narrow and shorter than the first,

and is armed with a terminal spiniform prolongation ; the

inner ramus is very rudimentary, and consists of a small

single-jointed appendage. The right leg is elongated and

slender, and the inner ramus is short and feebly developed,

as shown in the drawing (fig. 5). Figure 6 represents the

fifth pair of legs of an immature male.

Genus Pseudoboeckella, Mrazek, 1901.

This genus is nearly allied to Boeckella, and there is so

close a resemblance between the females of the two that

the species can with difficulty be determined where female

specimens only are available. In the male the difference

between them is more distinct, especially in the structure of

the last pair of legs, for while the inner ramus of the left leg

is, as in Boeckella , quite rudimentary, that of the right is

tolerably well developed, as shown by the drawings. Three

species belonging to this genus have been observed in the

collections.

Pseudoboeckella poppei , Mrazek. (PI. I. fig. 9.)

1895. Boeckella brasiliensis, Poppe and Mrazek (not Lubbock), (6)

p. 13, with plate.

1*

4

Dr. T. Scott on some

1898. Boeckella brasiliensis, Giesb. & Schmeil. Das Tierreich, 6 Liefo-

rung, Copepoda, I. Gymnoplea, p. 60.

1901. Pseudoboeckella poppei, Mrazek, (5) p. 6.

1902. Boeckella poppei, Daday, “ Mikroskopische Siisswasserthiere aus

Patagonien,” in Termesz. Fiizet. 25.

1905. Boeckella entzi, Ekman, (2) p. 14, pi. i. fig. 6.

1909. Pseudoboeckella poppei, Sars, (13) p. 22, pi. iii.

The structure of the fifth pair of thoracic legs in the male

constitutes one of the more important characters by which

this species may be distinguished. The inner ramus of the

left leg is very rudimentary, as in Boeckella , but that of the

right is tolerably well developed and consists of three distinct

moderately stout joints, and the end joint is provided with

four spiniform setae, two on the outer margin and two at the

apex, as shown in the drawing (fig. 9). A full description,

with excellent figures of this species, will be found in G. O.

Sars's paper on fresh-water Entomostraca from South Georgia

referred to above.

This species was obtained in a fresh-water gathering from

Hill Cove, but in none of the other samples examined.

Length of female 2*8 mm. ; male somewhat smaller.

Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek).

(PI. I. figs. ], 7, 10.)

(?) 1875. Centropages brevicaudata , Brady, (1) p. 162.

1901. Paraboeckella brevicaudata, Mrazek, (5) p. 8, fig?. 6, 7, 12, 21,

et seq.

1905. Boeckella vexillifera, Ekman, (2) p. 16, figs. 7-12.

1905. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), var. vex illifera, Ekman,

(3) p.001.

This species (or variety) was obtained in gatherings from

moor-pools and other small bodies of fresh water, and both

males and females with ovisacs occurred in the same

gatherings.

Female. — In this species the abdomen of the female is

short, three-segmented, and with the middle segment small.

The fifth pair of thoracic legs has the outer ramus tolerably

stout and elongated, the inner distal angle of the second joint

is produced into a strong curved spine much larger than that

in Pseudoboeckella poppei ; the end joint is rather narrower

than the second and is one and a half times its length, and

carries three short setae on the inner margin, one about the

mid/lle of the outer margin and three at the apex, the middle

apical seta being tolerably stout and elongated. The inner

ramus only reaches to a little beyond the second joint of

the outer and is much narrower than it ; the end joint of the

5

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

inner ramus is furnished with two setae on the inner margin,

one on the outer, and three on the rounded, apex.

Male. — The right leg of the fifth pair of thoracic feet in

the male is rather shorter than the left, the proximal joint of

the outer ramus is tolerably expanded, but the terminal

portion is very narrow, twisted, and claw -like, and is articu-

lated on the inner aspect of the proximal joint, as shown in

the figure (fig. 1) ; the inner ramus is three-jointed, the first

joint is moderately stout, but the other two are slender, and

the last one ends in one or two spiniform setae ; the left leg

is tolerably slender and elongated, and the inner ramus is

very rudimentary (fig. 1).

Length of the female about 2 mm., the male being rather

smaller. The length, however, varies to some extent in

different specimens.

Dr. Mrazek records the examination of specimens of this

form sent from South Patagonia, and identifies the species

with Centropages brevicaudatus , Brady, from Kerguelen

Island * ; but, as Dr. Brady had not seen the male of the

species he describes, and as some of the more important

specific characters are derived from the male, there appears

to be some doubt as to whether the two species are iden-

tical. Dr. Ekman subsequently obtained specimens of the

same species, but not having at the time seen Mrazek's

description, he described them as new under the name

Bueckella vexilliferaf ; this he afterwards changed to

“ Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), var. vexillifera,

Ekman ” J. I find, on comparing the description and figures

of Dr. Ekman with those by Mrazek, that there does not

appear to be any material difference between them ; I have

therefore ascribed the species to Mrazek, but should MrazelPs

identification be found correct, his name will be replaced by

that of Dr. Brady.

Pseudoboeckella vallentini , sp. n. (PI. 1. figs. 2, 8, 11.)

Female. — The female of this species has a general resem-

blance to that of Pseudoboeckella poppei, but is considerably

smaller. The cephalothorax is tolerably robust and some-

what dilated in front, but tapers slightly towards the poste-

rior end ; the lateral expansions of the last thoracic segment

* “ Magalkaensische Sammelreise,” Siisswasser-Copepoden, p. 8, figs. G,

7, 12, 21, 2G, 27, 29, 45, 46, 50, and o2 (1901).

t ‘ Wissenschaf’tliche ergebnisse der Scliwedischen Siidpolar-expe-

dition 1901-6,’ Band v. Lief. 4, Cladocera u. Copepoda, p. 16, Taf. i.

figs. 7-12 (1906).

X Zool. Anz. B. xxix. no. 19, p. G01 (Dec. 1905).

6

Dr. T. Scott on some

form narrow prolongations which extend backward to about

the last segment of the abdomen (fig. 11). Abdomen short,

about half the length of the cephalothorax, composed of

three segments, the first large and equal to fully the combined

lengths of the next two, second and third subequal ; caudal

rami short and furnished with five short and stout bristles

round the distal end.

Antennules elongated and reaching to about the last

segment of the abdomen. The other appendages of the

cephalosome and also the swimming-legs are all somewhat

similar to the species named above, except that in the fifth

pair of thoracic legs the spiniform process on the inside of

the second joint of the outer ramus is larger and reaches

beyond the end of the third joint and has its extremity

slightly hooked.

Length about 1 6 mm.

Male. — The male, as is usual, is smaller and more slender,

and the abdomen proportionally longer than in the female.

The fifth pair of thoracic legs differ very much from those of

the female, and they are also unsymmetrical ; the inner ramus

of the left leg is very rudimentary ; in the outer ramus

the first joint is of an oval form and considerably dilated

and becoming somewhat gibbose interiorly ; the distal portion

of the ramus is narrow, strongly curved, and attenuated

towards the extremity ; the first joint is also armed with a

stout and moderately long spine near the lower end of the

outer margin ; this spine projects outward from the joint, as

shown in the figure (fig. 2), and which is apparently its

normal position. The outer ramus of the right leg is dis-

tinctly shorter than that of the left, but is scarcely so robust ;

the inner ramus is tolerably stout and broad, and reaches to

somewhat beyond the end of the first joint of the outer

ramus, and is rather wider towards the proximal end, where

the inner margin expands and becomes somewhat gibbose

and carries one or two short spines ; the distal end of the

inner ramus is bluntly rounded and is provided with two

short spiniform setse on the outer distal angle, while on the

inner angle and extending a short distance up the inner

margin are five or six short and stout hooks, as shown in the

figure (fig. 2). Moreover, the articulation of the inner ramus

to the basal joint forms a distinct hinge, which permits of the

ramus turning inwards so as. to interlock with a recess on

the inside margin and near the proximal end of the left leg.

A spiniform seta springs from the outer distal angle of the

basal joint, and a small fork-like appendage may also be

observed on its inner aspect (fig. 2). In the structure of the

7

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

fifth pair of feet in the male and in the armature of the fifth

pair in the female this species differs from any other known

to me.

The first joint of the outer ramus of the fifth pair is repre-

sented in the figure as seen under tlie cover-glass, and is

somewhat flattened, but before being subjected to the pressure

of the cover-glass it was seen to have a distinctly swollen

and bladder-like appearance.

Genus Parabroteas, Mrazek, 1901.

The genus Parabroteas may be distinguished by the

peculiar character of the posterior maxillipeds, which

resemble those in Limnocalanus , and particularly by the

structure of the fifth pair of legs in the male.

Parabroteas sarsi (Daday). (PL II. figs. 1-4.)

1901. Limnocalanus sarsi, Daday, “ Diagnoses praecursoriae Copepo-

dorum novorum e Patagonia,” in Terraesz. Fiizetek. 24.

1901. Parabroteas michaelseni , Mrazek, (5) p. 12, figs. 8, 9, 15, 16, et

seq.

1905. Gic/antella sarsi, Ekman, (2) p. 22, figs. 15-21.

1909. Parabroteas sarsi, G. O. Sars, (13) p. 29, pi. iv.

A single specimen (a female), which appears to belong to

this species, occurred in a gathering from some lower pools

on Mount Adam. The specimen measured about 3*8 mm.,

and is therefore much smaller than some others that have

been recorded. G. O. Sars states that specimens of Para-

broteas sarsi have been found reaching even to 7 mm. in

length. It also differs in the abdomen being shorter than in

some of the figures of this species which I have seen, but this

may be accidental by the joints having become telescoped.

It is evident, however, when the structure of the more

characteristic appendages is compared with that of the

similar appendages described and figured by Mrazek and

G. O. Sars, that, notwithstanding the differences alluded to,

the Mount Adam specimen belongs to the species to which

it is ascribed. Parabroteas sarsi has already been recorded

from the Falkland Islands by Dr. Ekman*, and his descrip-

tion and figures of the posterior maxillipeds and of the

female fifth pair of thoracic legs agree with the specimen

recorded here. The terminal seise of the posterior maxilli-

peds are strong and spiniform (fig. 2). In the female the

second joint of the outer ramus of the fifth pair of legs has

* See his paper on the Copepoda of the Swedish South-l’olar Expe-

dition, already referred to.

8

Dr. T. Scott on some

the inner distal angle produced into a strong spine that

reaches beyond the end of the third joint ; this joint is small

and is provided with four short setse on its inner margin and

two at the lower end of the outer margin, and the terminal

spine is long and tolerably stout, and fringed with minute

bristles along its inner edge (fig. 4).

Fam. Calanidae.

Genus Drepanopus, G. S. Brady, 1883.

Drepanopus pectinatus, G. S. Brady.

(PI. II. tigs. 10, 11.)

A number of specimens of this Drepanopus occurred in a

tow-net gathering collected in the vicinity of the Islands

on November 1909. Both males and females were fairly

numerous, and several of the latter carried ovisacs. The

same species was also present in another gathering collected

a few days afterwards 3 miles south-eastward of Speedwell

Island ; and specimens also occurred in a third gathering in

which were numerous larval decapods. One or two of the

larger females with ovisacs measured about 2^ mm. in length.

A few small and apparently adult specimens occurred,

which at first were considered as probably belonging to

D. furcipatus, Giesb., but on a careful examination of these

no anatomical differences of sufficient importance to separate

them were revealed.

Fam. Acartiidae.

Genus Acartia, Dana, 1846.

Acartia tonsa, Dana.

This was the only Acartia observed in the marine tow-

net samples. It was tolerably frequent in the gathering

containing the larval decapods already referred to under

Drepanopus .

Cyclopoida.

Fam. Oithonidae.

Genus Oithona, Baird, 1843.

Oithona helgolandica , Claus. (PI. I. fig. 12.)

1863. Oithona helgolandica, Claus, Die Frei Lebenden Copepoden,

p. 105, pi. xi. figr. 10-12.

1866. Oithona similis, Claus, Die Copepoden-Fauna von Nizza, p. 14.

0

Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

This Oithona was tolerably frequent in all the three marine

tow-net samples already mentioned, and was the only one

observed. In this species the rostrum is short, stout, and

hook-like, and is turned downward at nearly a right angle

(fig- 12).

This species has frequently been recorded under the name

of Oithona similis, but, according to Prof. G. O. Sars,

O. similis and O. helgolandica are identical, and the latter,

being the older name, should be preferred.

The distribution of Oithona helgolandica extends apparently

from the Arctic to the Antarctic Oceans. Dr. Giesbrecht

records it from 71° south latitude, and Prof. G. O. Sars has

examined specimens collected off the coast of New Zealand,

and “ compared them with northern specimens, without

being able to detect any difference whatever ” *. The

Falkland specimens measured fully 1 mm. in length.

Fam. Cyclopidae.

Genus Cyclops, Muller, 1776 (part.).

Cyclops prasinus, Fischer. (PI. II. figs. 5-7.)

1860. Cyclops prasinus, Fischer, Beitr. z. Kenntn. d. Entomostraceen,

pp. 652-654, Taf. xx. tigs. 19-26 a.

This species occurred very sparingly in a gathering from

a small fresh-water pond near the sea. Besides the northern

distribution of the species, it has also been reported from

Valdivia, Chile, and from the Argentine. In this species the

antennules are twelve-jointed and the fifth pair of legs in the

female are each provided with three elongated setae (fig. 6).

The caudal segments are tolerably short (fig. 7).

Cyclops michaelseni , Mrazek, var . falklandi.

(PI. I. fig. 3 ; PI. II. figs. 8, 9.)

The small Cyclops recorded under this name occurred in

several of the fresh-water gatherings from the Falk lands.

This form is apparently identical with Cyclops michaelseni,

Mrazek, except in the structure of the last pair of thoracic

legs, and in this respect it agrees better with Cyclops lohu-

losus, Ekman. In that species, however, the antennules are

described as consisting of twelve joints, and the proportional

lengths of the various joints also differ. Both Cyclops

michaelseni , Mrazek, and Cyclops lobulosuSj Ekman, have

already been recorded for the Falkland Islands. In the

* ‘ Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. vi. parts 1 & 2, p. 9 (1913).

10 On some Copepoda from the Falkland Islands.

form under consideration the antennules (fig. 8) consist of

eleven joints, the proportional lengths of which are, approxi-

mately, as shown in the formula appended : —

Number of the joints .. 1 2 3 456 7 8 9 10 11

Proportional lengths . . 20 . 6 . 12 . 5 . 4 . 7 . 13 . 11 . 6 . 8 . 11*

In the fifth pair of thoracic legs the basal joint is mode-

rately short and broad and carries a long seta on its outer

distal angle, the second joint is small and is furnished at the

apex with a long seta and a short spine (PI. I. fig. 3) ; a

considerable space occurs between the seta at the distal

angle of the basal joint and the point of attachment of the

second joint, as shown in the figure. The caudal segments

are fully twice as long as the last segment of the abdomen

(PI. II. fig. 9).

Some of the Literature referred to in the Text.

(1) 1875. Beady, G. S. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.

Describes Centropages brevicaudatus from Kerguelen Island.

(2) 1905. Ekman, Sven. Schwedische Sudpolar-Exped. 1901-1903,

Bd. v. Lieferung 4. “ Oladoceren u. Copepoden aus Antarkt. u.

subantarkt. Binnengewassern.

(3) 1905. . “Die Systematik und Synonymik der Copepoden-

gattung Boeckella und verwandter Gattungen.” Zool. Anzeiger,

Bd. xxix. Nr. 19.

(4) 1889. Guebne, Jules de, et Jules Bichabd. “ Envision des

Calanides d’eau douce.” Memoires Soc. Zool. de France, tome ii.

(5) 1901. Mbazek, Al. “Hamburger Magalhaenische Sammelreise.”

Siisswasser-Copepoden.

(6) 1895. Poppe, S. A.., und Mbazek, Al. “ Entomostraken des

Naturhistorischen Museums in Hamburg (2, Entomost. v. Sud-

Georgien).” Jahrb. d. Hamb. wissensck. Anstalten, xii. Beiheft.

(7) 1897. Bichabd, Jules. “ Entomostraca de la l’Amerique du

sud.” Mdmoires Soc. Zool. de France, tome x. pp. 263-302.

(8) 1897. • u Sur quelques Ento*nostrac£s d’eau douce de envi-

rons de Buenos Aires.” Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos

Aires, torno v.

(9) 1894. Sabs, G. O. “ Contributions to the Knowledge of the Fresh-

water Entomostraca of New Zealand, as shown by Artificial

Hatching from Dried Mud.” Aid. Selsk. Skrif. i. Matli.-Natur.

Klasse, No. 5.

(10) 1901. . “ Contributions to the Knowledge of the Freshwater

Entomostraca of South America, as shown from Artificial Hatching

from Dried Material.” Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab.

B. xxiv. Nr. 1.

(11) 1903. . “Pacifische Plankton-Crustaceen.” Zool. Jahr-

buchern, Bd. 19, Abtli. f. Syst.

(ia) 1908. . “Freshwater Entomostraca from Victoria, Southern

Australia.” Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab. B. xxix.

Nr. 7.

SCOTT.

Ann. Sc Mag. Nat . Hist. S. 8. Vol. XIII. PI. 1

Fig. 3. A Scott, del.

others Scott, del.

'0; Hfc

IfNIVfcJtfcJl I sfi *u

SCOTT.

Ann. $ Mag. Nat. Hist. S. §. Vol. X III. PL II.

Figs. 10 A 11. T. Scott, del.

others A. Scott, del.

8i 5 HIE

®NJV£ii&i7 1 V* \K-r

11

Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes.

(13) 1909. Sars, G. O. “Freshwater Entomostraca from South

Georgia.” Op. cit. B. xxx. Nr. 5.

(14) 1910. Sharp, Richard W. “Notes on Marine Copepoda &c.”

Proc. U.S. National Museum, yol. xxxviii. pp. 405-436.

(15) 1900. Stebbinh, T. R. R. “On some Crustaceans from the

F alkland Islands, collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin.” Proc. Zool.

Soc. London, May 22nd, 1900, pis. xxxvi.-xxxix.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate I.

Fig. 1. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), , fifth feet.

Fiq. 2. Pseudoboeckella vallentini, sp. n., , fifth feet.

Fig. 3. Cyclops michaelseni, var. falklandi , nov. var., § > filth foot.

Fig. 4. Bueckella michaelseni (Mrazek), $ , fifth foot.

Fig. 5. „ „ „ <5 , fifth feet.

Fig. 0. „ ,, ,, <S (juv.), fifth feet.

Fig. 7. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), 5 ? fifth foot.

Fig. 8. Pseudoboeckella vallentini , sp. n., 5 > fifth foot.

Pig. 9. Pseudoboeckella poppei, Mrazek, <3 , fifth feet.

Fig. 10. Pseudoboeckella brevicaudata (Mrazek), $ posterior thoracic

segments and abdomen.

Fig. 11. Pseudoboeckella vallentini , sp. n., posterior thoracic segments

and abdomen.

Fig. 12. Oithona helgolandica, Claus, 5 , rostrum

Plate II.

Fig. 1. Parabroteas sars '<(D day), $, x 15.

Pig. 2. „ „ $ , second maxilliped.

Pig. 3. „ „ $ , first foot.

Fig. 4. „ „ $, fifth foot.

Fig. 5. Cyclops prasinus, Fischer, £ , antennule.

Pig. G. . „ „ „ $ , fifth foot.

Fig. 7. „ „ „ $ , abdomen.

Pig. 8. Cyclops michaelseni, Mrazek, var. falklandi, var. nov., $ , an-

tennule.

Fig. 9. Ditto, $ , abdomen.

Fig. 10. Drepanopus pectinatus, G. S. Brady, fifth feet.

Fig. 11. „ „ „ $ , fifth feet.

II. — Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes collected by the British

Antarctic (‘Terra Nova') Expedition. By C. Tate

Began, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

1. Antarctic Fishes.

Paraliparis antarcticus) sp. n.

D. GO. A. 55. P. 19 + 3-4 + 4-5. Teeth villi form, in

12

Mr. C. T. Regan — Diagnoses of

bands. Lower end of gill-opening opposite middle of base of

pectoral. Anal origin, below about ninth ray of dorsal.

Total length 140 mm.

S. of Balleny Is., 200 fathoms.

Trernatomus pennellii, sp. n.

D. Y-YI, 32-34. A. 30. Scales 52-56 ; in upper lateral

line 32 to 36. Eye 3* to 3J in head, interorbital width 6

to 10. Scales on head as in T. hansoni , from which this

species differs in the fewer scales and fin-rays.

Total length 100-140 mm.

Off C. Adare, 45-50 fathoms.

Trernatomus centronotus} sp. n.

D. Y-YI, 32-35. A. 29-32. Scales 50-56 ; in upper

lateral line 30 to 36. Closely related to T. pennellii ; eye a

little larger and interorbital width a little less, but especially

distinguished by having the dorsal spines stiff and pungent.

Total length 175-210 mm.

McMurdo Sound, 100-200 fathoms.

Trernatomus eulepidotus , sp. n.

D. YI, 35-36. A. 33-34. Scales 70; in upper lateral

line 42 to 46, in lower 10 to 15. Eye 3^ in head, interorbital

width 5. Head covered with scales, only the lips naked.

Total length 140-165 mm.

McMurdo Sound, 160-241 fathoms.

Artedidraco oriance , sp. n.

D. III-IY, 25. A. 17-18. Depth 5 to 5|- in length,

bead 2| to 3. Barbel club-shaped, ^ length of head. Soft

dorsal highest anteriorly.

Total length 80 mm.

Off C. Adare, 45-50 fathoms.

Dolloidraco velifer , sp. n.

D. II— III, 26. A. 17. Depth 4 in length, head 2?.

Barbel long, fringed distal ly. Anterior rays of soft dorsal f

to j90 length of head.

Total length 180-190 mm.

McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms.

new Marine Fishes.

13

POGONOPHRYNE, gen. nov.

Near Artedidmco , but head with blunt knobs and ridges,

broad, strongly depressed ; interorbital region wide.

Pogonophryne scotti , sp. n.

D. II, 25. A. 18. Head as broad as long, § length of

fish. Barbel blunt, shorter than eye, which is 5J in head ;

interorbital width 4^-.

Total length 290 mm.

Ross Sea, 158 fathoms.

Prionodraco, gen. nov.

Related to Bathydraco , but body quadrangular and almost

naked except for 4 series of V-shaped serrated bony plates,

each plate with a retrorse spine ; the series of plates margin

the flattish dorsal and ventral surfaces of the body. Lateral

line single, incomplete.

Prionodraco evansii , sp. n.

D. 34-37. A. 29-31. About 50 plates in upper series.

Eye 3 to 2>\ in head, interorbital width 15 or more.

Total length to 132 mm.

Ross Sea and McMurdo Sound, 158-207 fathoms.

Cryodraco atkinsoni , sp. n.

D. Ill, 42. A. 46. Head 3J in length. Eye 5 in head,

interorbital width 4|-. Pelvics 1J as long as head.

Total length 292 mm.

Ross Sea, 158 fathoms.

Chionodraco kathleence , sp. n.

D. VI-VII, 38-42. A. 34-38. Eye 5 to 6 in length of

head, interorbital width 3^ to 4. Pelvic fins reaching anah

Total length 250-500 mm.

Ross Sea and McMurdo Sound, 100-200 fathoms.

ClLENODRACO, gen. nov.

Differs from Chionodraco in that each pelvic fin has a spine

and only 4 soft rays, and also in that the supraorbital ridges

are not crenulated and the gill-rakers are developed as toothed

projections.

14

Mr. C. T. Regan — Diagnoses of

Chcenodraco wilsoni, sp. n.

D. VII, 39. A. 33. Snout 2f, eye 4, interorbital width

3| in head, which is 3^ in length of fish. Dorsals con-

tinuous at base. A large dark spot on spinous dorsal.

Total length 250 mm.

McMurdo Sound, 100-200 fathoms.

Chcenodraco fasciatus , sp. n.

D. VI I, 40. A. 34. Snout 2£, eye 4£, interorbital width

4^ in head, which is 2| in length of fish. Dorsals separate.

Body with 5 blackish cross-bars.

Total length 92 mm.

McMurdo Sound, 207 fathoms.

2. Fishes from New Zealand.

Idiacanthus niger , sp. n.

D. 59 ; origin above posterior part of pelvic fins, when these

are laid back. A. 38 ; origin a little nearer caudal than base

of pelvics. Photophores in ventral series from isthmus to

pelvics about 37, from pelvics to anal 21. Barbel twice as

lonof as head.

Total length 400 inm.

Notopogon, gen. nov.

Differs from Macrorhamphosus in the dorsal fins continuous

at base, the third to seventh spines nearly equidistant and

gradually decreasing backwards, the deeper body, and the

presence in adults of a patch of bristles on the back behind

the head. Only 3 large plates in each dorso-lateral series.

Notopogon lilliei, sp. n.

D. VII, 14, second spine strong, above middle of anal.

A. 19. Distance from base of dorsal spine to vent about f

that from head to caudal fin.

Total length 125 mm.

Notopogon xenosoma , sp. n.

D. VII, 15, second spine rather slender, inserted above

caudal peduncle. A. 17. Distance from base of dorsal spine

to vent rather more than that from head to caudal fin.

Total length 80 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

new Marine Fishes.

15

Serranops, gen. nov.

Related to Plectranthias , Bleek., but serrations of lower

prseopercular limb weak, not antrorse, and scales spinulose.

Serranops maculicauda, sp. n.

D. X 15. A. Ill 7. Lateral line 33-34. 16 gill-rakers

on lower part of anterior arch. Maxillary naked, extending

to below middle or posterior part of eye. Eye 3, interorbital

width 6 in head. A large dark spot on each side of caudal

peduncle.

Total length 60-100 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

Lepidoperca, gen. nov.

Externally differs from Ccesioperca in the flat interorbital

region, truncate caudal, and larger scales. No transverse

ridge in front of occipital crest ; mucous canals of frontals

bordering a narrow groove, which does not broaden out in

front.

Lepidoperca inornata , sp. n.

D. X 16. A. Ill 8. Lateral line 41. Near L. coatsii

(Ccesioperca coatsii, Regan, 1913), but mouth smaller, prse-

orbital scaly, body deeper, last dorsal spine higher, dorsal fin

immaculate.

Total length 135 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

Ilemerocoetes pauciradiatus, sp. n.

D. 36. A. 32. Scales 45. Eye 3^ to 3| in length of

bead.

Total length 50-62 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

Ilemerocoetes macrophthalmus , sp. n.

D. 39. A. 36. Scales 47. Eye 2§ to 3 in length of

head.

Total length 91-120 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

Cuhiceps cceruleus, sp. n.

D. XI, I 23. A. Ill 21. Probably not more than 50

16

Diagnoses of new Marine Fishes.

scales in a lateral series. Depth 3f to 3§ in length. Eye

3 2 to 3§ in head. Pectoral as long as head, extending to

origin of anal. Bluish.

Total length 100-110 mm.

Three Kings Is.

Cynophidium, gen. nov.

Differs from Snyderidia, Gilb., 1905, in the presence of

pelvic fins; these are a pair of simple filaments, jugular in

position.

Cynophidium punctatum , sp. n.

Depth nearly equal to head, which is 6 in length of fish.

Origin of dorsal slightly in advance of vent. Pelvics ^ head

or \ distance from their base to origin of anal. Olivaceous,

powdered with little dark spots.

Total length 185 mm.

Cape North, 70 fathoms.

Arnoglossus monyonuiensis , sp. n.

D. 86-90 ; second to fifth rays prolonged in $ . A. 72-76.

Scales 70. Depth 2J to 2J in length, head 4 to 4J. Eyes

close together, 3 to 3J in head. Maxillary extending to

anterior edge of eye.

Total length 75-85 mm.

Cape North, 14-30 fathoms.

3. Fishes from Brazil.

Malacorhina cirrifer , sp. n.

Very similar to M. mira, Garin., allowing for differences

due to sex and size, this being a young female. Distance

between nostrils less than that of either from edge of disc.

Total length 220 mm.

Cape Frio, 40 fathoms.

Prionotus brachychir , sp. n.

D. VITI-XI, 10-12. A. 10-12. Scales 50 to 60, 45 to

50 in lateral line. Strong opercular and prseopercular spines,

but no other spines on head. Maxillary extending to below

anterior of eye. Interorbital space a little concave, J

diameter of eye, which is equal to snout or postoibital length

of head. Second or third dorsal spine longest, ^ head.

Pectoral shorter than head.

Total length 70-80 mm.

Cape Frio, 40 fathoms.

On the Fishes of the Family Maororliamphosidse. 17

Xystreurys hrasiliensis , sp. n.

D. S3. A. 66. Scales 85. Depth 2^- in length. Eye 3

in head.

Total length 170 mm.

(Jape Frio, 40 fathoms.

III. — A Synopsis of the Fishes of the Family

Macrorhamphosidse. By C. Tate Began, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Synopsis of the Genera and Species .

I. First dorsal spine quite short.

A. On each side of the back two series of bony plates, in each series

3 well-developed and a fourth, much smaller than the others.

1. Dorsal fins separated by an interspace, or connected by a

series of short isolated spines ; distance from base of dorsal

spine to vent not or but little more than \ that from head

to caudal fin. ( Macrorhamphosus .)

a. Diameter of eye not less than postorbital length of head.

Depth of body 3| to 4J in length; dorsal spine

inserted above origin or anterior part of anal,

strong, serrated, § to § of distance from oper-

culum to caudal

Depth of body 3 to 3£ in length ; dorsal spine

inserted above vent, strong, serrated, \ to f- of

distance from operculum to caudal

Depth of body 4 to 4\ in length; dorsal spine in-

serted a little in advance of vent, strong, ser-

rated, when laid back reaching caudal fin ... .

Depth of body 4 \ to 6£ in length ; dorsal spine in-

serted in advance of vent, serrated or not, to

f distance from head to caudal fin, when laid

back nearly or quite reaching origin, or some-

times posterior end of soft dorsal

Depth of body 4\ to 5 in length ; dorsal spine in-

serted in advance of vent, smooth or feebly

serrated, ft to \ of distance from operculum

to caudal fin, when laid back not reaching soft

dorsal

scolopax.

elevatus.

sagifue.

gracilis .

japonicus.

b. Diameter of eye less than postorbital length of head.

velitaris.

2

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

18

Mr. C. T. Regan — A Synopsis of

2. Dorsal fins continuous at base ; spinous dorsal of 7 spines, tlie

last 5 nearly equidistant and gradually decreasing in length

backwards ; adults with a patch of bristles on nape. ( Noto -

pogon .)

a. Distance from base of dorsal spine to vent § to £ that from

head to caudal fin lilliei.

b. Distance from base of dorsal spine to vent about equal to

that from head to caudal fin.

ct. Origin of soft dorsal nearer to base of second dorsal spine

than to edge of back in front of spinous dorsal.

schoteli.

/3. Origin of soft dorsal nearer to edge of back in front of

spinous dorsal than to base of second dorsal spine.

Dorsal spine stout, with numerous serrations, in-

serted above base of soft dorsal fernandezianus.

Dorsal spine rather slender, with few serrations,

inserted above caudal peduncle xenosoma.

B. On each side of the back two series of bony plates, each series

with 4 well-developed plates ; dorsal fins continuous at base,

the spinous dorsal with 7 spines. ( Centriscops .)

1. Second dorsal spine inserted above vent or origin of anal ; base

of spinous dorsal nearly horizontal .... sinuosus.

2. Second dorsal spine inserted above anal fin ; base of spinous

dorsal nearly vertical.

Dorsal spine \ distance from head to caudal ; dia-

meter of eye not greater than depth of cheek,

scarcely more than £ length of snout (in a

specimen of 135 mm.) humerosus.

Dorsal spine £ distance from head to caudal ;

diameter of eye twice depth of cheek, more

than length of snout (in an adult specimen), obliquus.

II. First dorsal spine f as long as second, which is as long as head,

distance from head to caudal fin, or depth of body. ( Scolopac. -

ichthys.) armatus.

1. Macrorhamphosus, Lacep., 1803.

Hist. Nat. Poiss. v. p. 136.

Centriscus (non Linn.), Cuv. Regne Anim. ii. p. 350 (1817).

Macrognathus , Gronow, Cat. Fish. p. 147 (1854).

Orthichthys, Gill, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1862, p. 234.

1. Macrorhamphosus scolopax} Linn.

Centriscus scolopax, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 519 (1861).

North Atlantic and Mediterranean.

Specimens in the British Museum from England, Madeira,

Spain, and Italy.

the Fishes of the Family Macrorhamphosidse.

19

2. Macrorhamphosus elevatus , Waite.

Macrorhamphosus scolopax, var. elevatus , Waite, Mem. Austral. Mus.

iv. 1899, p. 59, pi. vii. fig. 1.

Macrorhamphosus gallinago, Ogilby, Proc. It. Soc. Queensland, xxi.

1908, p. 6.

? Macrorhamphosus lancifei', Ogilby, Proc. R. Soc. Queensland, xxiii.

1910, p. 90.

? Macrorhamphosus rubustus , Ogilby, t. c. p. 91.

Macrorhamphosus scolopax , Waite, Rec. Canterbury Mus. i. 1911,

p. 171.

Macrorhamphosus elevatus, McCulloch, ‘Endeavour’ Fishes, p. 23,

fig. 8 (1911).

Australia and New Zealand.

In the British Museum a single specimen from Tasmania,

not quite so deep and with the dorsal spine shorter than the

example figured by Waite, but evidently of the same species.

Ogilby has described three species from Queensland, but

these are distinguished from each other and from M. elevatus

by differences in the depth of the body and the length of the

dorsal spine, which may not be outside the limits of varia-

tion for this species.

3. Macrorhamphosus sagifue , Jord. & Starks.

Macrorhamphosus sagifue , Jord. & Starks, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi.

1902, p. 69, fig. 2.

Japan.

4. Macrorhamphosus gracilis , Lowe.

Centriscus gracilis, Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 86; Giintli. Cat.

Fish. iii. p. 521 (part.).

In the British Museum several examples from Madeira ; a

very small specimen taken between Montevideo and Magellan

may also belong to this species, which is very variable. The

ventral scutes are much less distinctly keeled than in

M. scolopax and the snout is shorter than in that species,

only twice as long as the rest of the head in the adult fish.

5. Macrorhamphosus japonicus, Giintli.

Centriscus japonicus, Giintli. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 522 (1861).

? Macrorhamphosus gracilis, Waite, Mem. Austral. Mus. iv. 1899, pi. vii.

fig. 2.

In the British Museum two examples, types of the species,

said to be from Japan. These measure 110 and 125 mm. in

total length and seem to be specifically identical with the

New South Wales specimen figured by Waite.

2*

20

Mr. C. T. Regan — A Synopsis of

6. Macrorhamphosus velitaris , Pall.

Centriscus velitaris, Pall. Spicil. Zool. viii. p. 36, pi. iv. fig. 8; Giinth.

Cat. Fish. iii. p. 524 (1861).

Centriscus gracilis (part.), Giintli. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 521 (1861).

Centriscus brevispinis, Kner & Steind. Sitzungsb. Akad. Wien, liv.

1866, p. 874, pi. iii. fig. 9.

Macrorhamphosus hawaiensis, Gilb. Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. f. 1903,

p. 613, fig. 237 (1905).

Atlantic and Indo-Pacific.

I have examined small specimens, similar to those described

by Pallas, Kner and Steindacliner, and Gilbert, from East

Africa, the Indian Ocean, China, and the Mediterranean ;

the last-named do not appear to differ in any respect from the

others. There are also some larger examples, up to 85 mm.,

from Messina, Madeira, and Sierra Leone. The species is

close to M. gracilis , but has a smaller eye.

2. Notopogon, Regan, 1913.

Supra, p. 14.

1 . Notopogon lilliei , Regan.

Supra , p. 14.

Cenf.riscops humerosus, McCulloch, 1 Endeavour’ Fish. p. 24, fig. 5, and

pi. ix. (1911).

Southern Australia; New Zealand.

2. Notopogon schofeli , M. Weber.

Macrorhamphosus schoteli, Weber, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Verein. (2)

xi. 1910, p. 77, pi. iv.

W. Atlantic, between Bahia and Montevideo.

3. Notopogon fernandezianus, Delfin.

Centriscus fernandezianus, Delfin, Rev. Chilen. iii. 1899, p. 76.

Juan Fernandez.

4. Notopogon xenosoma , Regan.

Supra, p. 14.

Cape North, New Zealand.

3. Centriscops, Gill, 1862.

Proc. Acad. Philad. p. 234.

Limicidina, Fowler, Proc. Acad. Philad. lix. 1907, p. 425.

the Fishes of the Family MacrorhamphosidEe.

21

1. Centriscops sinuosus , sp. n.

Deptli of body equal to length of head, 2£ in length of

fish. Diameter of eye equal to interorbital width, less than

postorbital length of head or depth of cheek, nearly £ length

of snout. Interorbital region strongly convex, with median

ridge. Upper profile sinuous, convex in front of eye and

behind head ; belly convex. Each dorso-lateral series with

4 large plates. Dorsal VII, 15, the two fins subcontinuous

second spine strong, serrated, nearly ^ as long as distance

from operculum to caudal, inserted above vent or origin of

anal. Anal 17-18. Pectoral as long as head without snout.

Caudal truncate. Brownish above, golden below.

Two specimens, 125 and 135 mm. in total length, from

New Zealand, presented by the late Captain Hutton ; a

smaller example (55 mm.) is more slender, the depth being J

of the length.

This species is very near C. humerosus, which has a some-

what longer snout and the dorsal spine placed higher and

further back. In the type of C. humerosus the distance

from the centre of the last bony plate of the upper series to

the base of the dorsal spine is more than ^ of that from head

to caudal fin, but in C. sinuosus only ^ to §.

2. Centriscops humerosus , Richards.

Centriscus humerosus, Richards, ‘ Erebus ’ and 1 Terror ’ Fish. p. 56,

pi. xxxiv. figs. 5, 6 (1846) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish. iii. p. 522 (1861).

Southern Australia,

In the British Museum only the type, a dried specimen

about 130 mm. long.

3. Centriscops obliquus , Waite.

Centriscops humerosus obliquus, Waite, Rec. Canterbury Mus. i. 1911,

p. 170, pi. xxvi.

New Zealand.

4. SCOLOPACICHTHYS, gen. nov.

Scolopacichthys armatus , Sauvage.

Centriscus armatus, Sauvage, Arch. Zool. Exper. viii. 1879, p. 56.

Island of St. Paul.

Evidently generically distinct from Macrorhamphosus.

22

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

IV. — Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera. — II. Bv

Richard S. Bagnall, F.L.S., F.E.S. (Hope Depart-

ment of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford).

Suborder Terebranti a.

Family Thripidae.

Scirtothrips signipennis, sp. n.

$ . — Length 1*2 mm.

Light lemon-yellow, first antennal joint almost white, 5

distally very lightly tinged with grey, 6 with distal two-

thirds (or thereabouts) and 7 and 8 wholly grey-brown.

Fore-wings grey-brown, second and apical fifths white or

light grey ; hind-wings with middle brown, corresponding to

the long dark patch of upper wing.

Head transverse, about O’ 8 as long as broad. Eyes rather

large and coarsely facetted, pigment very deep purplish

black ; ocelli with crimson crescentic margins. Antennae

twice as long as the head, slender ; relative lengths of joints

approximately : — 16 : 22 : 32 : 30 : 32 : 32 : 7 : 13 — 1 and 2

much broader than any of the following, and 6 not divided.

Double trichomes on 3 and 4 long and very slender. Mouth-

cone short, brown at tip ; maxillary palpi 3-jointed, joints 2

and 3 practically subequal in length.

Prothorax about as long as head and about 1*6 times as

broad as long, surface sparsely and irregularly set with very

minute setae ; one postero-marginal spine near each hind-

angle, short, only 0*25 the length of prothorax. Legs

somewhat stout, hind-tibia with a series of moderately fine

spines on distal half within, and tarsus with a series of similar

spines near apex. Pterothorax nearly 1*45 times as broad as

the prothorax, and about as long as broad. Wings slender,

reaching only to the sixth abdominal segment ; cilia fuscous,

those of hind margins very long ; fore-wing with three

minute, widely spaced setae on distal half of upper vein, and

lower vein witli but four setae. Hind-wing with median vein

continued almost to apex, very prominent through dark area.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, dorsal surface finely and wavily

striate, in parts reticulate; segments If and 10 with mod-

erately long and rather fine bristles, 9 being furnished with a

shorter dorsal pair which are somewhat widely separated.

23

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Tliysanoptera.

This species somewhat closely resembles Euthrips cingu -

latus, Karny, from which it is easily separated by the pro-

thoracic bristle at each hind-angle, the uniform light yellow

colour of body, and the coloration of the antennae. The

coloration of the wings is about the same. The relative

lengths of the antennal joints are also distinctive.

Type. In British Museum of Natural History.

Hab. CEYLON : Peradeniya, 1 $ taken by Mr. A. Ruther-

ford from under leaf-sheaths of banana, 16. 6. 13 (Entomo-

logical Research Committee).

Pseudothrips glaucus , sp. n.

$ . — Length 09 5, breadth of mesothorax 0*28 mm.

General colour light grey-brown, apex of abdomen slightly

darker ; legs somewhat lighter than the body. Antennae

darker grey-brown, with joints 1 and 3 a little lighter.

Wings greyish yellow.

Head transverse, about 065 as long as broad, practically

as long as prothorax. Mouth-cone almost reaching across

prosternum ; palpi rather long. Antennae more than twice

as long as head ; joint 3 pedicellate, 6 simple, not divided.

Relative lengths of joints approximately : — 10 : 22 : 27 :

21 : 22 : 26 : 5 : 8.

Prothorax P85 times as broad as long, one long and stout

bristle near each hind-angle. Pterothorax large. Legs

moderately long and stout. Wings long, reaching almost to

tip of abdomen ; upper vein of fore-wing with an unbroken

series of 15-18, and lower vein with 13—15 setae.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, posterior margin of eighth tergite

fringed. Bristles at hind-margin of ninth tergite long, but

those of tenth comparatively short, excepting a pair of long

dorsal bristles.

This species is easily separated from P. inequalis (Beach)

by it3 colour, the undivided sixth antennal joint (and relative

lengths of joints), shorter prothorax, and presence of dorsal

bristles on tenth abdominal segment.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Ilab . Cape Town, 1 $ from Sebcea (Dr. R. Marloth).

Physothrips antennatus , sp. n.

? . — Length 1*3 to 1*4 mm.

Colour dark brown, crimson hypodermal pigmentation

24

Mr. 14. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

especially noticeable in thorax. Fore-femora basally and all

tibia3 distally shaded to pale yellowish-white, all tarsi yellow.

Basal half of third antennal joint light yellowish-brown and

distal half (the constricted part) of both 3 and 4 lighter than

the basal half. Wings grey-brown.

Head O' 8 as long as broad across eyes, and nearly as long

as the prothorax ; cheeks gently diverging to base. Antennae

2*7 times as long as the head; relative lengths of joints 3-8

approximately: — 38 : 56 : 30 : 40 : 7 : 13. Joint 4 curiously

constricted and produced in the form of a stem distally.

Fore- wing with a series of 10 spines in upper vein,

commencing at the basal fourth and extending to the distal

third, and 2 at apex ; lower vein with a series of 13, com-

mencing just beyond the first bristle in the long series of

upper vein.

Abdomen elongate, ninth segment with a pair of dorsal

bristles in addition to the postero-marginal series.

This species comes near to sjostedti (Tryb.), usitatus , Bagn.,

and variabilis , Bagn., but is readily separated from these and

all other described species of the genus by the long fourth

antennal joint and its curious distal stem.

Type. In British Museum of Natural History.

Hah. Uganda (GY. G. Gowdey). Mr. Gowdey writes that

this species feeds on the spores of the coffee- fungus, Hemeltia

vastatrix.

Thrips hololeucus , sp. n.

$ . — Length 1 0-1*2, breadth of mesothorax 0*27 mm.

Colour to the unaided eye white, under a moderate power

from very light greyish-yellow to a deeper shade in dark

specimens. Antennae with the first joint white or colourless,

2-7 light greyish-brown, basal halves of 3 and 4 lighter, and

5 also lighter basally.

Head transverse, 1*37 times a3 broad as long, and not quite

as long as the prothorax ; posterior fourth faintly and irregu-

larly transversely striate. Cheeks gently arcuate ; mouth-

cone pointed, reaching across prosternum, maxillary palpi

long and slender, third joint the longest. Eyes occupying

one-half the length of the head, coarsely facetted, pilose ;

pigmentation deep black. Ocelli with yellowish crescentic

hypodermal pigmentation, a short curved seta on each side

of the anterior one. A series of short dorsal setre on an

irregular line drawn behind the eyes. Antennae with basal

joints subapproximate, 2*25 times as long as the head ; third

25

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thyscinoptera.

joint pedicellate ; relative lengths of joints as follows : —

8 : 13 : 17 : 16 : 13 : 17 : 5 — 2 distinctly broader than any

of the following, 5 and 6 somewhat broadly united ; double

trichomes on 3 and 4 slender and only moderately long.

Protliorax 1*5 times as broad as long, surface faintly and

irregularly striate ; the two bristles at each posterior angle

from 0*3 to 0'34 as long as the protliorax, stout; a series of

short postero-marginal setae, of which the inmost pair is

slightly the longest. Dorsal surface irregularly set with

setae. Pterothorax about as long as broad. All legs fairly

long and stout, sparingly setose, set* on the fore-margins of

all tibiae forwardly curved ; hind tibiae with series of short

spines on distal third within. Wings reaching to ninth

abdominal segment, faintly tinged greyish-yellow ; cilia and

spines dark. Costa and veins of fore-wing distinct ; upper

vein with a series of 4-5 basal setae, 3 terminating at junc-

ture with lower vein, then 4 widely and somewhat regularly

spaced ones occupying the distal half; costa with 28 setae,

increasing in length distally, those towards the apex being as

long or longer than the breadth of the wing ; lower vein

regularly set with 15-16 setae. Cilia on fore-margins of

both pairs somewhat sparse and widely spaced ; on hind

margin close, long, and wavy.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, about twice (or a little more) as

long as broad ; segments 2 and 3 the broadest, gently

narrowing from 3 to 7 and thence more sharply to tip.

Kightli tergite with a very fine fringe. Terminal bristles

on 9 and 10 long and stout, about 1*5 times as long as the

respective segments bearing them, and 9 with a pair of

shorter dorsal biistles. Lateral abdominal bristles mod-

erately long and stout, all light greyish-brown.

A distinctive species.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hab. Japan : Kobe, July 1913 («/. E. A. Lewis).

Thiips albipes , sp. n.

? . — Length 09 to IT, breadth of mesothorax 0*21 mm.

Head yellowish-white, with greyish-brown cheeks; pro-

thorax golden-yellow; pterothorax also golden-yellow, but

deeper and usually shaded with brown. Abdomen rich

brown, first (and sometimes the second) segment lighter; all

setae dark. All legs yellowish-white or light lemon-yellow.

Antennai with first segment grey, 3 and sometimes extreme

26

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

base of 4 light lemon-yellow ; 2 and 4 to 7 brown, 2 some-

times lighter distally. Fore-wings smoky-brown, basal

fourth light.

Head almost as in hoJoIeucus , about 1*25 times as broad as

long, and about as long as the prothorax. Eyes as in holo-

leucns , pigmentation deep purplish-black ; ocelli with crimson

crescentic pigmentation. Mouth-cone not quite reaching

across prosternum ; maxillary palpi long, with middle joint

the shortest ; labial palpi long and slender. Antennae about

2*3 times as long as the head ; relative lengths of joints ap-

proximately:— 7 : 12 : 17 : 16 : 12 : 17 : 5 — 2 broader than

any of the following, 3 pedicellate, and 5 and 6 rather

broadly jointed.

Prothorax 1*5 times as long as broad, with setae as in

hololeucus , dorsal surface not striated. Pterothorax about as

broad as long. Legs as in hololeucus , hind-tibiae shorter,

with a series of short setae on the distal half within. Wings

reaching to the ninth abdominal segment, fore-wings about

15 times as long as broad across middle. Veins of fore-wing

not distinct, upper vein with 3 widely-spaced setae in distal

half ; lower vein with a series of 14 and costa 26 to 30 seta?.

Cilia as in hololeucus . Hind-wing with a dark median vein

to apex.

Abdomen ovate or, when segments are fully extended,

elongate-ovate, apically rather sharply narrowed and pointed.

Eighth tergite very finely fringed. Terminal bristles long,

ninth segment with a pair of short widely-separated bristles

(0*3 to 0*4 the length of the long ones), which are inwardly

directed distally. Lateral abdominal bristles somewhat long.

Also a distinctive species.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Uab. JAPAN : Okinawa, Lucliu Is., on nasturtium, Majr,

and at Kobe, with T. hololeucus , sp. n., July 1913 ( J . E. A.

Lewis) .

Suborder Tubulifeua.

Docessissophotlirips frontalis , sp. n.

Length about 5*5 mm.

Colour deep blackish-brown ; fore-tibiae light yellowish-

brown, all tarsi dark yellowish-brown ; wings smoky-brown,

cilia darker. Antennae absent in the unique example.

Head twice as long as broad, almost as in D. major , Bagn.,

but with tlie vertex produced into a prominent hump, with

27

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera .

the front margin truncate and having the anterior ocellus on

the truncate plane facing forwards. The posterior three-

fourths is dorsally gently and evenly arcuate, and the surface

is irregularly and rather deeply furrowed dorso- and ventro-

laterally. Cheeks set with numerous short setae. Postocular

bristles long and colourless; a second shorter and weaker

pair set within the longer pair and on about the same line.

/ \

Docessissophothrips frontalis, sp. n. Head and prothorax viewed

laterally, with right front leg.

Prothorax as in D . major , bristles at the anterior and

posterior angles, together with mid-lateral and postero-

marginal pairs, long, slender, and colourless ; those on poste-

rior margin the longest. Pterothorax as broad as width

across the fore-coxae and only slightly longer than broad.

Wings reaching to the eighth abdominal segment. Fore-

femora and tibiae apparently without the long conspicuous

bristles seen in D. major ; inner margin of fjre-tibiae with

numerous rather long setae (as long as the breadth of the

tibia).

Abdomen elongate, gently and roundly narrowed from

seventh segment to base of tube. Tube about 065 the length

of the head, terminal hairs very weak, about 0*7 as long as

tube, colourless distally. Bristles on ninth segment about as

long as the tube, colourless ; other lateral abdominal bristles

moderately long, faintly tinged with yellow, or colourless.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

llab. Japan : one example collected by Mr. John E. A.

Lewis.

Androthrips jlavipes , sp. n.

£ . — Length about 2*3 mm.

Thorax and abdomen dark grey- to blackish-brown, the

former a little less deep in colour ; head yellowish-brown, with

28

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

cheeks dark greyish-brown. All legs (excepting coxae)

yellow. Antennae with joints l and 2 dark brown, the latter

lighter apically ; 3 and 5 yellow, with very faint tinge of grey

distally; 4 yellow, grey-brown near apex; 6 yellow, dis-

tinctly tinged with grey distally; and 7 and 8 light grey-

brown.

Head approximately 1*2 times longer than broad and 1*5

times as long as the prothorax, sides parallel. Mouth-cone

exceptionally short, maxillary palpi with second joint very

long. Antennae 1*55 times as long as the head, joints 3 and

4 much broader than any of the others. Relative lengths of

joints approximately : — 12 : 18 : 22 : 22 : 19 : 18 : 17 : 12.

Prothorax transverse, about twice as broad as long ; bristles

at posterior and anterior angles, and the mid-lateral and

postero-marginal pairs present. The postero-marginal pair

and those at posterior angles long, the latter 0*6 as long

as the prothorax. Pterothorax transverse. Fore-femora

strongly incrassate, with a stout, blunt, tooth-like projection

at the base within, the inner margin straight and set with a

few very minute “ teeth.” Fore-tarsus set with a stout,

sharp, curved tooth.

Wings practically clear, rather broad ; fore-wings appa-

rently not constricted as in Hoplothrips , with 8-11 duplicated

cilia.

Abdomen about as broad as the pterothorax, elongate,

narrowing evenly from sixth segment to base of tube. Tube

0*6 the length of head, about twice as long as broad at base,

and twice as broad at base as at apex. Terminal hairs longer

than tube, but very slender (and difficult to see) distally,

colourless, except near base. Lateral abdominal bristles long

and slender, faintly knobbed ; none so long as the tube.

Type . In the British Museum of Natural History.

Hab. CEYLON : Peradeniya, 1 $ taken by Mr. A.

Rutherford from Memexylon umbellatum , 28. 6. 13 (Entomo-

logical Research Committee).

Gynaikothrips harny i *, sp. n.

Length 1*9, breadth of mesothorax 0*42 mm.

Colour deep blackish-brown, thorax and distal half of tube

not quite so dark ; all tibiae and tarsi light lemon-yellow,

and antennal joints 3-8 lemon- to golden-yMlow.

Head about 1*42 times as long as broad and practically

* Named in honour of Dr. II. Karny, who has done so much work on

gall-thrips.

29

Mr. E. S. Bagnall on new TIrysanoptera.

twice as long as the protliorax ; sides parallel. Mouth-cone

reaching across prosternum, somewhat pointed. Eyes occu-

pying about one-third the length of the head, finely facetted ;

postocular bristles moderately long and stout. Vertex raised

in form of a hump. Ocelli large. Antennae 1*5 times as

long as the head ; relative lengths of joints approximately : —

10 : 16 : 23 : 22 : 22 : 21 : 18 : 13 — 7 and 8 broadly jointed,

8 narrowly pyriform, pointed apically.

Prothorax very short and strongly transverse, at least 2*3

times as broad across posterior angles as long ; all bristles

present, long and rather stout, pointed ; postero-marginal pair

0*8 as long as the prothorax. Pterothorax a little wider than

width across fore-coxae and as long as broad. Legs normally

stout and long. Wings reaching to eighth abdominal seg-

ment, cilia smoky.

Abdomen about as broad as the pterothorax, gently nar-

rowing from fifth segment. Tube 0*6 as long as the head,

slightly more than twice as long as broad at base, and twice

as broad at base as at apex. Terminal hairs coloured at

base and continued as long colourless filaments, about 0*85

as long as the tube. Lateral abdominal bristles yellow, long

and rather stout on segments 6-8 at least ; those on 9 parti-

cularly long and very slender (and indistinct) apically, up to

1*7 times the length of the tube.

Type. In the British Museum of Natural History.

Hah, Ceylon : Peradeniya, ex marginal leaf-galls of black

pepper [Piper nigrum) , A. Rutherford, 21. 7. 13 (Entomo-

logical Research Committee).

CEdemothnps (?) brevicoltis , sp. n.

? . — Length 1*9, breadth of mesothorax 0*4 mm.

Colour of abdomen black, first segment brownish ; thorax

grey-brown ; head yellow to yellowish-brown, cheeks darker.

Antennae with joints 1 and 2 yellow, 3-5 yellow, lightly

shaded with grey, the fifth darker ; 6 chestnut-brown, rather

lighter at base, and 7 and 8 dark blackish-brown.

Head only 0*9 as long as broad, and as long as the pro-

thorax, cheeks feebly arcuate, converging towards base.

Eyes occupying about 0*34 the length of head. Ocelli

small, posterior pair w'idely separated, almost touching the

inside margins of eyes. Postocular bristles about as long as

the eye, and interocular pair only about 0*5 as long. An-

tennae nearly twice as long as the head ; relative lengths of

joints approximately : — 14 : 19 : 23 : 21 : 20 : 19 : 14 : 9.

Joint 2 constricted near base, 3 clavate, 4 and 5 roughly

30

Mr. R. S. Bagnall on new Thysanoptera.

clavate, 6 with apex rather broadly truncate, and 7 and 8

broadly united.

Prothorax about 2*3 times as broad as long ; bristles at

hind-angles and the postero-marginal pair present, the first-

named long, about 0*5 as long as prothorax. Pterothorax

transverse, about 1*25 times as broad as long. Legs rather

stout and long ; each intermediate and hind-femur with a

short stout seta on the outer margin beyond middle. Wings

absent.

Abdomen elongate-ovate, 0*65 the total length of the

insect, broadest at about fifth segment, where it is 1*4 times

as broad as the mesothorax.

Tube stout, about 08 as long as the head, 1*75 times as

long as broad at base and less than 0*5 as broad at apex

as at base ; terminal hairs short and weak, not quite 0*6 as

long as the tube. Lateral abdominal bristles not long, but

noticeably strong, especially those on segments 7-9.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hab. Japan : Okinawa, Luchu Is., 1 ? collected by Mr.

J. E. A. Lewis.

Tricliothrip.s Jewisi , sp. n.

£ . — Length about 1*45, breadth of mesothorax 0*285 mm.

Colour lemon-yellow, antennae very lightly tinged with

grey ; first two antennal joints, frons and cheeks, distal half

of mesothorax, sides of pterothorax, first abdominal segment,

and the anterior corners of segments 2-8 shaded with grey-

brown.

Head 1*1 times as long as broad and 1*3 as long as the

prothorax. Cheeks constricted behind eyes and near base.

Eyes prominent, occupying 0*35 the length of the head,

widely separated. Ocelli rather large, posterior ones well

apart from inner margins of the eyes. Postocular bristles

long and slender ; interocular pair rather short. Mouth-cone

blunt, broadly rounded at apex, reaching a little more than

halfway across prosternum. Antennas twice as long as the

head ; relative lengths of joints as follows : — 13 : 14 : 20 :

16 : 16 : 16 : 13*5 : 16 ; apical joint narrowly pyriform.

Prothorax trapezoidal, twice as broad across hind-angles

as long, with a distinct median line; mid-lateral, postero-

marginal bristles, and pair at hind-angles present, long and

slender, the postero-marginal pair the longest. Pterothorax

about as long as broad ; wings reduced, narrow and vestigial

in character, reaching to hind-margin of first abdominal

segment. Legs moderately long and stout ; fore-femur

31

On new Races of African Ungulates.

incrassate, fore-tibia stout, and tarsus armed with a sharp

broad tooth, and also with a hidden curved tooth near apex.

Abdomen only slightly broader than the pterothorax, prac-

tically subparallel to seventh segment, and thence gently

rounded to base of tube ; well-developed wing-retaining

bristles on segments 2-6. Tube about 0’6 the length of

head, 1*6 times as long as broad near base, and about 0*4 as

broad at apex as at base, evenly narrowed from base to tip.

Terminal hairs about as long as the tube, slender. Lateral

abdominal bristles long and slender on segments 1 to 9,

mostly as long as or longer than tube.

A very distinct species of the group characterized by the

short mouth-cone, and readily recognized by the form of the

head, the relative lengths of the antennal joints, and the

distinctive type of coloration. I have pleasure in naming

the species in honour of its discoverer.

Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford.

Hab. Japan : Okinawa, Luchu Is., 1 collected by

Mr. J. E. A. Lewis, May 1913.

V. — Diagnoses of new Races of African Ungulates.

By Ernst Schwarz.

This is the third paper dealing with the Ungulates brought

home by the Duke of Mecklenburg's second Central-African

expedition. In working out the forms now described, the

material in the British Museum has been studied, and has

been of the utmost value. The thanks of the writer for the

facilities afforded are due to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, the Curator

of Mammals.

Hippopotamus amphibius ischadensis, subsp. n.

Type locality. Katana, Bornu.

Type. ? old. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.

Journal no. 805. Original no. A. 75.

A rather short and broad-faced race, with the orbits

strongly projecting and decidedly laid forward.

Orbits strongly projecting ; when seen from in front their

lateral margin is seen to be placed almost vertically, their

upper margin to be much higher than the lambdoid crest.

Zygomatic arches slightly narrower than in II. a. amphibius ,

32

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

but distinctly less expanded behind than in H. a. australis.

ltostrum broad, tubular, not constricted. Lower jaw shorter

than in amphibius, especially the corpus, whereas the ramus

is almost as broad. Cheek-teeth series shorter, as a whole,

than in H. a. amphibius , m3 being much larger (m3 of lower

jaw much larger than m2 ; in amphibius m3 is of about the

same size as m2), whereas the anterior cheek-teeth are much

smaller. Canines apparently also weaker than in H. a.

amphibius.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 600 mm. ; occipito-

nasal length 563 ; occipital width 293 ; zygomatic width 327 ;

postorbital width 300 ; breadth of rostrum across roots of

canines 2 77 ; facial constriction in front of for. anteorb. 115 ;

nasals, length 387, posterior breadth 122 ; length of upper

tooth-row (alv.) 243 ; length of lower m3 (lower margin of

enamel) 73.

The hippopotamus of the Lake Chad region is nearly

allied to H. a. amphibius of the Nile, in which the orbits are

less projecting ; from H. a. australis of the Cape this race is

at once distinguished by the much shorter and broader face

and the orbits being laid forwards.

A more detailed account of the local races of Hippopotamus

will be given in a subsequent paper.

Bubalis lelwel modestus , subsp. n.

Type locality. Bahr Keeta, N.E. of Ft. Archambault,

Upper Shari district.

Type. old. Senckenberg Museum. Journal nos. 355

(skin), 166 (skull). Original no. 141. Collected in February

1911 by Dr. H. Schubotz.

Most nearly related to B. 1. tschadensis , but smaller and

darker.

Colour of mantle dull reddish brown (“ bistre/’ Rep. de

Coul.), dark on posterior back (323.3), paler anteriorly

(323.2) and on flanks (323.1) ; underparts, thighs, and

shoulders pale ochraceous buff (“buff/’ 309.1). Top of

head and back of ears deep reddish brown like posterior

back, face much lighter ; chin with a sharply defined

brownish-black spot. As in B. 1. tschadensis, a narrow seal-

brown band round hoofs continuous with a large spot above

hoof, and a stripe to the wrists and hocks of the same colour.

Tail-crest and tip black, base light ochraceous buff.

Skull. Much as in B. 1. tschadensis, except its much inferior

size. Horns much smaller than in tschadensis) tips slightly

curved, but much less so than in tschadensis, slightly diverging

33

Races of African Ungulates.

in tlie type, but parallel or even converging in other speci-

mens. Pedicle of horn short, less erected than in tschadensis ;

angle formed by pedicle and middle portion smaller than

in tschadensis, but distinctly less than in the Nile forms,

B. 1. lelwel and B. 1. roosevelti.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 377 mm. ; greatest

length 477 ; palatal length 215 ; zygomatic width 126 ;

postorbital width 129 ; occipital width 120 ; length of

nasals 213 ; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 94’6 ; distance

from first premolar to gnathion 137 ; horns, length along

curve 443, greatest width 210.

Although nearer to B. 1. tschadensis , this new race is some-

what intermediate between the Chad form and the races of

the eastern Sudan. It is, however, less red than either of

the latter, and has more erect horn-pedicles, which still more

approach the type found in B. 1. tschadensis , from which it

is easily distinguished by its smaller size and darker, more

reddish colour.

Bubalis major invadens, subsp. n.

Type locality. Garua, Benue River, Adamaua.

Type. <$ old. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 408

(skull).

Skull. Forehead slightly convex, but not so much bent

upwards as in B. m. major. Jugal generally broad, but its

anterior margin not square as in B. m. major and B. m.

matschiei, and gradually passing into the masseteric crest of

the maxilla.

Horns. Rather wide and strongly laid backwards. Angle

formed by tips and middle portion very large ; middle por-

tion short, almost not twisted, generally straight and scarcely

converging. Tips long, thick, parallel or slightly divergent.

This race has much stronger horns than B. m. major , the

middle portion of which is less twisted ; the skull differs

conspicuously in the configuration of the forehead and jugal.

A large series of skulls from Ibi and Zungeru, N. Nigeria,

have been examined in the British Museum, a more detailed

account of which will be published later.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 419 mm.; greatest

length 521 ; palatal length 252 ; zygomatic width 133 ;

postorbital width 142 ; occipital width 138 ; length of

nasals 235 ; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 108 ; distance

from first premolar to gnathion 152 ; horns, length along

curve 475 (tips worn), greatest width 310, distance of

tips 228.

Ann. A Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

3

34

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

Bubalis major matschiei, subsp. n.

Type locality. District of Kpandu, W. Togo.

Type. J adult. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 398

(skull).

Skull. Forebead flat, not convex and not bent upwards.

Jugal broad, square in front and sharply set off from the

insignificant masseteric crest of maxillary.

Horns. Very large and expanded. Angle formed by tips

and middle portion usually smaller than in invadens ; middle

portion short, strongly twisted, and very regularly con-

verging. Tips extremely divergent.

The skull of B. m. matschiei is easily distinguished by its

flat forehead and its large and expanded horns.

Dimensions of type skull. Greatest length 501 mm. ; palatal

length 234 ; postorbital width 141*5 ; length of nasals 225 ;

length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 90*5 ; distance from first

premolar to gnatliion 143 ; horns, length along curve 526,

greatest width 338, distance of tips 335.

Damaliscus koba lyra , subsp. n.

Type locality . Ndioko, Gribingi River, Upper Shari district.

Type. $ ad. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.

Journal no. 210. Original no. 161. Collected in February

1911 by Dr. H. Sehubotz.

Allied to D. k. korrigum of Lake Chad and the Lower

Shari, but distinguished by the horns being much thinner

and their tips being strongly curved upwards and inwards.

Skull very much as in D. k. korrigum, but more slender

and distinctly narrower across orbital region.

Horns much thinner than in korrigum and tiang. When

viewed in profile they are seen to be much more strongly

recurved, the tips being directed upwards from the third

knot (counted from the tip). Inward curvature of tips

much stronger than in D. k. korrigum.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 378 mm.; palatal

length 229 ; zygomatic width 131 ; postorbital width 146 ;

length of nasals 171 ; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 92*4 ;

horns, length (along curvature) 568, greatest width 300,

distance of tips 197, diameter of horn at base 66*5.

This exceedingly well-marked race is at once distinguished

from D. k. tiang, which has a similar narrow skull, by the

strong curvature of the horn-tips. It is much to be regretted

that no skins are available for comparison.

35

Races of African Ungulates.

“ Damaliscus korrigum j one si,” Lydekker, is a strict syno-

nym of D. koba tiang , as will be shown in a subsequent paper,

when the validity of Damaliscus koba will also be discussed.

Cephalophus dorsalis orientalis, subsp. n.

Type locality. Koloka, near Angu, Welle River.

Type. $ adult. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.

Journal no. 1195. Original no. 245. Collected by Dr. H.

Schubotz in June 1911.

Externally not distinguishable from the other forms of

C. dorsalis. Skull much larger than in any of them. Ros-

trum and nasals very long. Floor of orbit not so flat as in

the western forms, and orbital portion of jugal scarcely

expanded.

A female skull and head-skin from Bambili, Welle River,

in the British Museum (no. 7. 7. 8. 224), brought home by

the Alexander-Gosling Expedition, shows the same characters,

and may be regarded as paratype.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 178 mm.; upper

length 203 ; zygomatic width 86*4 ; greatest orbital width

87*8; length of nasals 82*9 ; orbit to gnathion 101*5 ; length

of upper tooth-row (alv.) 58*9.

There is a gradual increase in size and facial length in the

local races of C. dorsalis. The West-Coast forms like C. d .

dorsalis are small and have a short rostrum, the length

from orbit to gnathion being generally less than the zygo-

matic width ; in C. d. castaneus from South Nigeria and the

Western Cameroons the length of the rostrum is already

greater than the zygomatic width ; in the races of the Congo

forest, as typified by orientalis , the skull has the normal

shape of a Cephalophus , the relation between facial length

and zygomatic width being not at all so unusual as it is in

the short-headed typical form.

Cephalophus ccerulus * schultzei , subsp. n.

Type locality. Yukaduma, north of River Bumba, South

Cameroons.

Type. ? ad. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.

Journal nos. 44*2 (skin), 455 (skull). Original no. 3087.

Collected by Dr. A. Schultze in March 1911.

Distinguished from C. c. bakeri , Rothschild et Neuville,

* This specific name replaces monticola, which, as will be shown in a

subsequent paper, is a clear synonym of Ourebia ourebi.

36

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

by its whiter underside, more brownisli back, and paler

thighs.

Colour of "mantle" dark chocolate-brown (warm sepia,

305 Rep.), lighter (no. 3) anteriorly, darker on the rump

and the pygal region (no. 4), margined behind by a pale

brownish band, and markedly contrasted with the pale

colour of the thighs and flanks. Colour of thighs much

paler and less brownish than in the eastern forms, much

greyer than “otter-brown” (354.2), perhaps with a slight

tinge of “ smoke- grey ” (363.4). Outside of legs “smoke-

grey ” (no. 4) outside, pale brownish inside. Underside of

body much lighter than in the eastern forms, nearly white in

some specimens, with a slight tinge of “ smoke-grey” (no. 1)

in others.

Dimensions of type skull. Occipito-nasal length 116 mm. ;

zygomatic width 55*6; orbital width, greatest 54’6, post-

orbital 52'6 ; nasals, length 43-6, greatest breadth 20'5 ;

length of upper tooth- row (alv.) 36*7.

Cephalophus coerulus melanorrheus , Gray, of Fernando Po,

with which this form has been generally united, is a much

smaller and duller-coloured animal. From the races of the

“ Blue Duiker” from the eastern parts of the African forest

C. c. schultzei differs much less than from this island form.

It must be rather distinct from Lonnberg's C. c. congicus

from the Lower Congo, which is described as having rufous

legs, like the southern races and C. c. anchietce from Angola.

Sylvicapra grimmia pallidior, subsp. n.

Type locality. Mani, Lower Shari River.

Type. $ , subadult. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-

a.-M. Journal nos. 1038 (skin), 704 (skull). Original

no. R. 37. Collected February 19th, 1911.

Distinguished from S. g. abyssinica, Thos., by its slightly

larger size and much paler colour. Coat rather short.

Dorsal surface strongly speckled pale yellow (maize-yellow

no. 4, Rep.) and black. Median line generally not markedly

darker, but shoulders and flanks much less speckled, so as to

appear almost yellow. The pale colour of the shoulders and

neck extends to the head, where it deepens to ochraceous

buff (buff no. 2, Rep.) ; cheeks lighter, similar to shoulders.

Black facial stripe mostly extending from rhinarium to fore-

head, but not confluent with the black tuft on vertex. Back

of ears blackish grey, margined with pale yellow. Chin

white, except two brownish-black patches just below lips.

Chest dull buffy, belly white. Tail below white, with a

Races of African Ungulates. 37

heavy black stripe above. Thighs much like back, hind legs

from hocks very light yellowish (about maize-yellow no. 1,

Rep.), and with a black patch and ring just above hoofs.

Fore legs similar in colour to hind legs, but less speckled

above wrists. The usual black band present only in some

specimens, where it sometimes extends almost to below

shoulders; in the type-specimen it is entirely absent, only

the black patch and ring above hoofs are developed.

Skull. Larger than S. g. abyssinica, with more projecting

orbits and larger bullae.

Dimensions of an adult male skull (no. 637). Greatest

length 168 mm.; basal length 142; palatal length 80;

zygomatic width 74 ; postorbital width 72*2 ; occipital

width 49'3 ; muzzle to orbit 83*5 ; nasals 53*3 x 32 ; length

of upper tooth-row (alv.) 46 ; breadth of bulla at anterior

margin of auditory meatus 14*6.

This duiker differs from all its allies by its pale colour ;

from its eastern representatives, S. g. abyssinicus and S. g.

roosevelti, it is also distinguished by its superior size.

Ourebia ourebi dorcas, subsp. n.

Type locality. Bahr Keeta, N.E. of Ft. Archambault,

Upper Shari district.

Type. Adult . Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.

Journal nos. 316 (skin), 322 (skull). Collected in February

1911 by Dr. H. Schubotz.

Nearly allied to 0. ourebi montana from Abyssinia, but

distinguished by its smaller size and richer colour.

Upperside dull orange-fawn (hazel no. 4/ Rep. deCouleurs'’),

lighter on the sides and neck ; thighs decidedly paler (no. 1) ;

the colour of the thighs is continued down the anterior and

posterior side of the hind legs, whereas the sides are very

pale buffy ; fore legs like thighs. Above the hoofs the legs

are pale buffy. Forehead and middle portion of face like

back, cheeks decidedly paler (hazel no. 1). Above the eyes

the usual white streak and on the vertex a distinct dark

brown patch, which is less conspicuous in the type-specimen.

Back of ears pale fawn, with a large blackish patch; inside

of ears with long white hairs. Underside of body yellowish

white. Tail above somewhat darker than back; below white

at base, deep rusty at tip, and with some black hairs in one

specimen.

Skull. Much as in O. o. montana, but smaller, with narrower

brain-case, narrower bullae, and much deeper hyoidal pits.

Dimensions of type skull. Greatest length 171*5 mm.;

38

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

basal length 151 ; palatal length 95 \5 ; zygomatic width 69;

postorbital width 7 2*6; occipital width 46*4; muzzle to

orbit 92 ; length of nasals 57‘4 ; length of interfrontal

suture 56*3 ; length of upper tooth-row 50*8 (alv.).

Ourebia ourebi splendida, subsp. n.

Type locality . Between Djogto and Lai, east of theLogone

River.

Type. Old <$ . Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.

Journal no. 969 (skin). Original no. H. 273. Collected

in May 1911. (No skull.)

Distinguished at once from 0. ourebi dorcas by its short

coat, brighter colour, and more definite markings.

Colour of upperside bright orange-fawn (buff no. 4, Rep.),

distinctly paler on sides and neck (no. 1) ; thighs much the

same colour, sharply set off from that of the back. Hind

legs above hocks slightly darker than thighs, below hocks

buffy, the sides being much the same colour as the anterior

and posterior surfaces. Fore legs like thighs ; legs above hoof

very pale buffy. Forehead and middle portion of face like

back, cheeks buff. Above the eyes the usual white streak,

which is more sharply defined than in O. o. dorcas. No dark

patch on vertex, only some hairs with dark tips. Back of ears

pale yellowish fawn, with an indistinct dark patch ; inside of

ears white. Underside of body pure white, very distinctly

set off from the colour of the rump. Tail above darker and

richer-coloured than back ; below white at base and entirely

without black hairs.

Skull. Essentially as in 0. o. dorcas ; in the single skull

examined the bullse are somewhat shorter and broader.

Dimensions of skull ( paratype ). Greatest length 166 mm. ;

basal length 148 ; palatal length 92; zygomatic width 69*7 ;

postorbital width 76'2; occipital width 46’4 ; muzzle to

orbit 89*5 ; length of nasals 58’5 ; length of interfrontal

suture 50 ; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 46*8.

This oribi is at once distinguished by its short coat, bright

colour, and by the absence of a distinct patch on the vertex.

With the much smaller 0. ourebi nigricaudata from Gambia

it needs no special comparison, as the latter is more greyish

and has a black tail-tip.

Kobus defassa togoensis , subsp. n.

Type locality . District of Kpandu, W. Togo.

Type. <$ adult. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.

Journal no. 390 (skull).

39

Races of African Ungulates.

A form of the western short-horned unctuosus- section of

Kobus defassa with a massive skull and strongly curved

horns.

Skull. "Very heavy, slightly larger than in K. d. unctuosus ;

facial portion rather short and narrow, premaxillaries not

widened at all and square in front. Upper orbital margin

not projecting at all, lower rather conspicuously.

Horns short, as in K. d. unctuosus , with short tips, which

are strongly bent upwards or inwards.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 362 mm.; upper

length 393 ; palatal length 209 ; palatal width inside m2 55*5 ;

postorbital width 157 ; zygomatic width 147 ; breadth of

rostrum across premaxillse 56*5 : length of upper tooth-row

(alv.) 98’9 ; horns, length along curve 610, greatest dia-

meter at base 71 0.

Adenota kob riparia , subsp. n.

Type locality. District of Kpandu, W. Togo.

Type. $ adult. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 402

(skull).

A member of the western group of small ffkobs/’ still

smaller than A. kob kob from Senegambia.

Skull. Smallest of any described race, but very broad.

Orbit strongly projecting, even more so than in A. k. nigru

cans , in which the postorbital breadth is slightly greater, but

the lower margin of the orbit less projecting. Facial portion

of skull short and broad ; rostrum very short; nasals

narrow.

Horns much as in A. k. kob , but shorter and rather more

curved in their basal and middle portion ; distinctly thicker,

with shorter tips, which are much more curved forwards.

Dimensions of type. Upper length 253 mm. ; palatal length

134 ; palatal width inside m2 33*5 ; postorbital width 107 ;

zygomatic width 99 ; occipital width 83 ; nasals, length 96*8,

greatest breadth 193 ; breadth of rostrum across pre-

maxillse 32 9; length of rostrum (gnathion to p2) 78’9 ;

length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 65*5 ; horns, length along

curve 345, greatest diameter at base 47*6.

The Togo “ kob ” is the smallest race of this group known

to me. It is at once known by its short broad skull, short

rostrum, and strongly projecting orbits.

A. k. nigricans , Lydekker, from Sierra Lepne, has a much

longer rostrum ; it was originally described on account of

the dark colour of a female in the British Museum, a

character which is not at all constant in that race, but seems

40

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

to have a similar reason as the dark colour in the Sudan

A. k. leucotis and Onotragus maria, which is a dark form of

the Lichi, Onotragus lechS.

Gazella rufifrons kanuri, subsp. n.

Type locality. Gulfei, Lower Shari.

Type. S a(E Senckenberg Museum. Journal nos. 1037

(skin) , 696 (skull) . Original no. 12. Collected February 9th,

1911, by O. Roder.

A small race of G. rufifrons allied to G. r. hasten, Pocock,

from Kano, N. Nigeria, but slightly more brownish.

Colour of mantle near “ cinnamon !) (323.2, Rep. de Couh),

forehead darker (323.4) ; flanks slightly darker and duller,

thighs distinctly paler than (fbuff” (309.1) ; pale facial stripe

rather broad ; lateral stripe brownish black.

Skull. Distinguished by the narrow orbits, long rostrum,

and narrow palate. Horns narrow, only expanded at tip.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 180 mm. ; palatal

length 199; postorbital width 86; zygomatic width 7 5'5 ;

nasals 39*7 x 23 8 ; orbit to gnathion 105 ; length of upper

tooth-row 58’0 ; horns, length on outer curve 269, greatest

width 112.

This gazelle is readily distinguished by its pale colour and

the shape of its skull and horns. G. r. hasleri, from Kano,

is more reddish, and G. r. centralis is much darker and has

much more projecting orbits.

Gazella rufifrons centralis, subsp. n.

Type locality. Magretta, near Melfi, Bagirmi.

Type. $ ad. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 691.

Original no. Sch. 206. Collected April 8th, 1911. (Skull.)

A dark form with strongly projecting orbits.

Colour of mantle near “ cinnamon ” (323.4) ; forehead not

darker; flanks pale “cinnamon” (323.1) and thighs exactly

the same colour ; lateral stripe deep black.

Skull. At once characterized by the very strongly pro-

jecting orbits and short narrow muzzle. Palate rather

broad.

Horns of medium length, diverging nearly from base and

distinctly expanded at tips.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 185 mm. ; palatal

length 204 ; postorbital width 97*3 ; zygomatic width 82‘9 :

nasals 54,4x30,0; orbit to gnathion 110 ; length of upper

tooth-row 59 4 ; horns, length on outer curve 253, greatest

width 139.

41

Races of African Ungulates ,

The dark colour and the shape of the orbits and muzzle

serve to distinguish this race from its geographical neighbours.

The horns, although already approaching the type of G. r.

albonotata, Rothschild, from the Sudan, are not quite so

much expanded.

Tragelaphus scriptus pictus, subsp. n.

Type locality. Duguia, Lower Shari River.

Type. Adult $ . Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.

Journal nos. 799 (skin), 827 (skull). Original no. H. 144.

Collected February 27th, 1911.

Most nearly allied to T. s. bor) Heuglin, from the Bahr-el-

Ghazal, hut distinguished by its somewhat brighter colour

and more distinct markings.

$ . General colour above pale reddish brown (cinnamon

no. 2, Rep.), lighter (near cinnamon no. 1) on the sides,

blackish brown (warm sepia no. 2) below. Neck very short-

haired, buffy (lighter than cinnamon no. 1 and strongly

speckled with black), with a sooty patch on withers (warm

sepia no. 2). Crown and cheeks light brownish (between

cinnamon nos. 1-2). The “ Tragelaphine 93 dark band on

forearm and above hock very conspicuous, black on the

inside of the legs, slightly mixed with reddish brown outside.

The median dark line begins at the muzzle and is interrupted

at the forehead; on the neck it is very narrow and very

conspicuously mixed with white in the portion of the dorsal

crest. Transverse stripes narrow, rather conspicuous ; the

two longitudinal white stripes present in almost all specimens;

in old males they tend to disappear or to dissolve into small

spots. White spots on haunches very small. Leg-markings

and tail as usual.

Skull. Rather large, especially in the facial region ; teeth

large; bullae much larger than in any of the eastern forms.

Dimensions of type skull . Basal length 215 mm. ; upper

length 238; palatal length 120 ; palatal width inside m2 35 ;

postorbital width 9L4 ; zygomatic width 9L1; occipital

width 68‘3 ; nasals 86*1 x 22 0; breadth of rostrum across

preinaxillae 35*4; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 66’6 ;

horns, length along outer curve 264, greatest diameter at

base 3 7'7 ; length of bulla 38'0.

This race of bushbuck is widely distinct from the Senegal

T. s. scriptus, in which the males have a considerable amount

of dark suffusion, the females a much richer colour and both

the white and black markings much more distinct.

42

Mr. E. Schwarz on new

Tragelaphus scriptus signatus , subsp. n.

Type locality. Les M'Brous, River Tomi, near the Gribingi-

Ubangi watershed.

Type. $ adult. Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M.

Journal nos. 349 (skin), 162 (skull). Original no. 70.

Collected in November 1910 by Dr. H. Scliubotz.

Distinguished from T. s. pictus , of the Lake Chad district,

by its longer fur, deeper colour, and distinctly smaller size.

c? . General colour above deep reddish brown (bistre

no. 4, Rep*), paling on the sides (through bistre no. 3 to

brownish terracotta no. 1), and brownish black (reddish

black no. 2) below. Neck and cheeks paler than back

(brownish terracotta no. 2) ; crown slightly darker

(brownish terracotta no. 3). Dark band on forearm deep

black inside, but not very conspicuous outside. Median

dark line broader than in pictus, slightly developed also on

forehead, and with comparatively less white in the crest,

caused by the crest-hairs being much larger than in the Chad

form, but having white tips of the same breadth only.

White markings exactly as in T. s. pictus ; only the white

spots on the haunches are less numerous and slightly larger.

$ . Like $ , except that the neck is more reddish, the

black markings reduced, and the underside of the same

colour as the flanks.

Skull. Smaller than in T. s. pictus, with shorter face,

narrower rostrum, smaller bullse, and stouter horns.

Dimensions of type skull. Basal length 206 mm. ; upper

length 234 ; palatal length 122 ; palatal width inside m2 39 ;

postorbital width 95’3 ; zygomatic width 97‘2 ; occipital

width 75*6; nasals 78’5x21'3; breadth of rostrum across

premaxillse 33*5; length of upper tooth-row (alv.) 58-3 ;

length of horns along outer curve 243, greatest diameter at

base 40*5 ; length of bulla 366.

Tragelaphus scriptus punctatus, subsp. n.

Type locality. Duma, near Libenge, Ubangi River.

Type. $ . Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M. Jour-

nal no. 220. Original no. 17. Collected in September

1910 by Dr. H. Scliubotz. (No skull.)

Easily distinguished from T. s. signatus by its short and

close fur, larger spots, and different colour.

$ . General colour above yellowish rusty brown (between

bistre nos. 2-3, Rep.), lighter (no. 2) on shoulders, thighs,

and legs. Underside of body orange-buff (buff between

43

Races of African Ungulates.

nos. 1-2, Rep.). Neck similar but lighter (buff no. 1), and

slightly speckled with blackish. No dark patch on withers

( $ ). Crown and cheeks much like neck, but without the

dark suffusion. Median dark line not interrupted at fore-

head, very narrow, especially on posterior back ; spinal crest

very scanty, hairs without any white tips. Lower longitu-

dinal white stripe well developed; upper one composed of a

row of rather large white spots, which are situated on the

white transverse bands and extend almost to the root of the

tail. White spots on the haunches comparatively large and

very conspicuous. A white spot below eye.

Most probably this form intergrades with T. s. signatus.

Tragelaphus scriptus uellensis, subsp. n.

Type locality. Angu, Welle River.

Type. S . Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt-a.-M. Jour-

nal no. 1198. Original no. 294. Collected in June 1911

by Dr. H. Schubotz.

S . General colour above dull rusty brown (tan-colour

no. 1), distinctly vermieulated with black, all the hairs

having black tips, on sides paler and without the black

suffusion. Underside of body brownish black (warm sepia

no. 3), separated from the red of the rump by a dull brownish

zone (much duller than cinnamon no. 4). Neck very pale,

yellowish (maize-yellow no. 4), strongly speckled with black.

No distinct sooty patch on the withers. Crowm and fore-

head much darker (buff no. 4) than cheeks (buff no. 1),

“ Tragelaphine ” band on fore leg composed behind of hairs

which are distinctly annulated pale yellowish and blackish

brown ; in front there are only a few blackish hairs. Median

dark line on back of nose broad, almost X-shaped, inter-

rupted at forehead. Spinal crest moderately long, strongly

mixed with white posteriorly. Longitudinal stripes more

normal than in T. s. punctatus , the lower one not quite

reaching to the haunches, the upper one short and not con-

tinued to the transverse stripes. Transverse stripes distinct,

regular. White spots on haunches numerous, not quite so

large as in T. s. punctatus.

This bushbuck has obviously nothing to do with Matschie's

T. s. makalce from south of the Ituri River, whose colour is

described as Marron d’lnde.” ]t also differs from the

Ubangi form just described in the characters indicated above

and also in its colour ; the individual hairs arc really lighter

than in that race, but the black tips give a much duller

appearance to the fur. This race would appear to have much

44

On new Races of African Ungulates.

the same relation to T . s. bur which T \ s. punctatus has to

the Lake Chad T. s. pictus.

Bubalus caffer hylceus, subsp. n.

Type locality. Molundu, Djah River, S.E. Camaroons.

Type . <$ adult. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 79.

Original no. 3042. Collected in January 1911 by Dr. A.

Schultze. (Skull.)

A dwarfed buffalo, smaller than any known race.

Skull. Most like that of B. c. diehli, but much smaller ;

orbital region narrower and orbits less projecting. Facial

portion comparatively longer and much narrower, especially

muzzle.

Horns. Very small. Palm small, flat, almost not thick-

ened at base, directed backwards from base, more so than in

B. c. diehli, but less than in B. c. nanus. Tips much longer

than palm, slender, generally in or below level of frontal

profile, directed backwards and slightly inwards and down-

wards at extreme end.

The colour of a female (paratype : Journal, nos. 443 (skin),

434 (skull) ; original no. 3088) is deep reddish brown

(“ fawn” no. 308.1) above, richer and clearer on flanks and

below (“ bistre” 328.4) ; throat orange-browm ; face more

or less mixed with black. A distinct black neck-mane

present. Fore legs from shoulders, hind legs from below

thighs black. Shoulders and outside of thighs mixed with

black. Tail slightly paler than back, tip black.

Dimensions of type skull. Upper length 378 mm. ; palatal

length 218 ; postorbital width 181 ; width of rostrum across

premaxillae 75-5 ; length of nasals 136; orbit to gnathion

209; length of upper tooth-row 117 ; horns, length along

outer curve 405, greatest width 350, distance of tips 225,

greatest diameter of palm 117.

Apart from its still smaller size, this buffalo is widely

different from B. c. nanus, whose characters and locality are

still doubtful. The horns of the present race are much

smaller than those of the type of nanus, and show7 no trace of

their curious inward curvature.

Bubalus caffer adamauce, subsp. n.

Type locality. Garua, Benue River, Adamaua.

Type. S adult. Senckenberg Museum. Journal no. 389.

(Skull.)

A member of the western section of B. caffer, allied to

B. c. planiceros and B. c. beddingtoni.

45

On the Apidte in the British. Museum.

Skull. Much as in B. c. planiceros, but somewhat smaller.

Orbits moderately projecting ; rostrum slender ; occiput

broad and low.

Horns. Distinguished from those of B. c. planiceros and

B. c. beddingtoni by the palm being directed more backwards

than in either of them. Palm not depending, almost erected ;

tips long, stout, strongly bent inwards, more so than in

planiceros and beddingtoni , and backwards at the extreme

end, scarcely erected at all. Greatest width of horns very

small comparatively.

This well-marked buffalo has nothing to do with B. c.

brachyceros of Lake Chad, with which it has been identified

by Mr. Lydekker in the f Catalogue of Ungulates/ Specimen

4. 7. 9. 13 of the British Museum belongs to this race. As

a matter of fact, under the head of B. c . brachyceros a

number of various races have been mixed up. On the other

hand, specimens referable to B. c. brachyceros are treated as

different species.

VI. — Notes on the Apidas (Hymenoptera) in the Collection

of the British Museum , with Descriptions of new Species .

By Geoffrey Meade- Waldo, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

III. Subfamily A nthopho rinjs.

The following paper deals solely with the genus Antho-

phora , Latr. Nine new species and two new varieties are

described, and some notes on described species added, to-

gether writh certain points on synonymy.

The types are all in the British Museum.

Anthophora, Latr.

Key to the new Species here described .

1. (2) First recurrent nervure in fore wing

received at apex of second cubital

cell, interstitial with second trans-

verse cubital nervure (subg. llabro- [(Assam.)

poda) rowlandi , sp. n.

2. (1) First recurrent nervure received at

middle of second cubital cell.

3. (4) Pubescence of abdomen emerald-green. [(Perak.)

Length 10 mm luontschi, sp. n.

46

Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

4. (3) Pubescence of abdomen otherwise

coloured.

5. (10) Large species, 15 or 16 mm.

6. (7) Thoracic pubescence dark, pubescence [(Assam.)

on median segment canary-yellow . . pseuddbomboid.es , sp. n.

7. (6) Thoracic pubescence fulvous.

8. (9) Scopa on hind tibiae and tarsi black [(Transvaal.)

and white pseudoconcinna, sp. n.

9. (8) Scopa on hind tibiae and tarsi black [(Singapore.)

and fulvous fulvohirta , sp. n.

10. (5) Medium to small species, 8-12 mm. [(Africa.)

11. (12) Male, 8 mm torridella, sp. n.

12. (11) Females.

13. (14) Thoracic pubescence pale, abdomen [(Africa.)

black, with pale apical fasciae .... pygmcea , sp. n.

14. (13) Thoracic pubescence fulvous.

15. (16) Clypeus b'ack, pale yellow apically;

antennae black oldi, sp. n. (Africa.)

16. (15) Clypeus yellow, with two subquadrate

yellow marks, antennae black, scape [(Africa.)

and joint 3 ferruginous rhodesice, sp. n.

Anthophora nubica , Lep., var. Uganda e, var. nov.

5 . Nigra ; capite, thorace (metathorace excepto), pleuris griseo-

villosis, pilis intermixtis nigris ; metathorace dense nigro-

villoso ; abdomine nigro, tergite 4 omnino, 5 lateribus albo-

hirsutis ; tergite 5 fimbria, mediana, fusca ; mandibulis basi et

apice testaceis, clypeo linea mediana longitudinal], apice extremo

maculaque labro basi pallide flavis ; pedibus intermediis ae

posticis nigro-hirtis.

Long. 15 mm.

$ . Differs from both typical A. nubica , Lep., and var.

somalicaj Magr., in having the pale pubescence on head and

thorax much less conspicuous. This pubescence has an

almost bluish appearance, due apparently to the admixture

of griseous and black hairs. In having tergite 4 covered

with pale pubescence and the metathorax clothed with dense

black pilosity, this form combines the characters of the

typical form and var. somalica; the pale markings on the

clypeus are much more reduced than in the typical form.

Length 15 mm.

6 ? ? .

Uganda Protectorate : Buddu, west shores of

Victoria Nyanza, 3700 ft.,ix. 1911 (type) ; Budongo Forest,

Unyoro, 3400 ft., xii. 1911 ; Buamba Forest, Semliki

Valley, 2300-2800 ft. (S. A. Weave).

the Apidse in the British Museum.

47

Anthophora pseudoconcinna, sp. n.

2 . Nigra, fulvo-pilosa, pedibus plerumque nigro-pilosis ; similis

A. concinnce , sed major, pedibus intermediis posticisque (tibiis iii.

supra exceptis) nigro-hirtis ; antennis nigris obscureve ferrugineis

infra ; clypeo (duabus maculis subquadratis nigris exceptis)

labroque flavis, mandibulis basi flavis, apice ferrugineis ; area

postoculari, pleuris, abdomine lateribus tibiisque iii. supra albo-

pilosis ; ano brunneo ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 16 mm.

$ . Black ; head, thorax, and abdomen almost wholty

clothed with fulvous pubescence, that on thorax mixed with

black hairs ; the space behind the eyes, the jowls, clypeus,

labrum, pleura, sternum, abdominal segments 2-5 laterally,

anterior legs, and posterior tibiae above clothed with white

pubescence.

Anal fascia chocolate-brown. Mandibles at base, labrum,

and a .L-shaped mark on clypeus pale lemon-yellow.

Mandibles apically and tegulas ferruginous. Wings hyaline.

Length 10 mm.

Numerous $ $ , 3 $ <$ .

S . Similar to the female, differing only sexually, scape

yellow beneath.

South Africa : Sterkfontein, Transvaal (//. P. Thomas -

set) (type $ ). British East Africa : Upper Kuia Valley,

S. Kavirondo (4200 feet) ; Makindu, Mtito Andei, iii.-iv.

1911 (S. A. Neave). Uganda : Entebbe ( C . C. Gowdey),

Western Ankole (4500-5000 ft.), Banks of Nile, near

K;ikindu ( S . A. Neave). British Central Africa : West

Nyasa (Or. J. E. S. Old). Abyssinia : liigo Samula and

Busika (P. J. Stordy).

This appears to be a species of wide distribution, but of

very constant colouring. It has the general facies of

A. concinna , Klug ( = vestita , Sm.), and A. capensis , Fr.,

but may be separated at once from these two species in

having the intermediate and posterior legs with densely

black pubescence, relieved only by a white fringe on the

posterior tibiae ; it also resembles A. africana, Fr., but that

species has both pleura and posterior legs with black

pubescence.

Anthophora pygmcea, sp. n.

2 . Nigra; clypeo labroque (maculis inconspicuis exceptis) mandi-

bulis basi pallido luteis ; tegulis ferrugineis ; capite thoraceque

4S

Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

ochraceo-pubescentibus, mesonoto pilis nigris intermixtis, abdo-

mine fasciis apicalibus pallidis, fimbria anali brimnea ; segmentis

subtus albido ciliatis, pedibus plerumque griseo-hirtis, tibiis

metatarsisque posticis supra albo-, subtus nigro-villosis ; alis

hyalinis.

Long. 8 1 mm.

$ . Black ; clypeus (except for two small black marks

near base), an elongate spot above it, labrum and mandibles

basally yellow ; mandibles at apex and tegulse ferruginous ;

bead and thorax covered with pale pubescence, that on

thorax tinged with ochraceous, and on seutellum and meta-

notum mixed with black hairs ; pubescence behind the eyes,

on the jowls and pleura, white ; tergites 1-3 with apical

fasciae of pale ochraceous pubescence, tergite 4 with a griseous

fascia, anal fimbria chocolate-brown. Front legs with short

pale pubescence, the tarsi with black hairs, middle and

posterior legs with silvery pubescence, pubescence below

black. Wings hyaline.

Length 8J mm.

$ . Similar to the female, but with the usual sexual

differences, viz., scape beneath, cheeks, clypeus, labrum, and

mandibles at base ivory-white.

A long series of both sexes.

North Rhodesia: Lower Luangwa River, ix. 1910

(type); Mid-Luangwa Valley; Luwumbu Valley, Upper

Luangwa, 2500-3500 ft. ; Alamadzi River, vii.-ix. 1910

(#. A. Neave) ; 80 miles west of Kamba Gorge, 1900

(O. Silverlock) .

This small and sombrely coloured species is strongly

reminiscent of the Palsearctic A. bimaculata , Panz.

Anthophora torridella , sp. n.

J . Nigra ; scapo antice, genis, clypeo, labro, mandibularum basi

albis ; flagello tegulisque ferrugineis ; capite, thorace, abdominis-

que segmentis 1-6 fasciis apicalibus fulvo-hirtis ; pedibus extus

ochraceo- intus nigro-pubescentibus ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 8 mm.

g . Black ; scape beneath, cheeks, clypeus, labrum, and

mandibles at base ivory-white ; flagellum and tegulae ferru-

ginous ; head and thorax covered with fulvous pubescence,

paler on pleura and sternum ; tergites 1-6 witli fulvous

apical fascia? of pubescence, tergite 1 with long fulvous hair

basally as well as apical fascia?; pygidium acute, striate,

fringed with fulvous hair. Legs uniformly clothed on

outside with pale ochraceous pubescence, on the inside with

49

the Apidse in the British Museum.

black pubescence. Joint 3 of antennae short, hardly so long

as 4 + 5. Wings clear hyaline.

Length 8 mm.

45 <?c?.

Northern Rhodesia : Mid-Luangwa Valley, viii. 1910

(S. A. Neave).

Strongly resembles A. pygmcea ,but has fulvous pubescence.

Anthophora oldi) sp. n,

5 . Nigra ; clypeo apice, labro mandibulisque basi luteis ; tegulis

ferrugineis ; capite, thorace abdominisque segmentis 1, 2 fulvo-,

segmentis 3, 4 et 5 (laterale) pedibusque plerumque griseo-

hirtis ; segmentis 1-4 apice fasciatis ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 12 mm.

Black ; the apical margin of clypeus, labium, and

mandibles at base yellow ; head (except beneath) and thorax

covered with a fulvous pubescence, paler on the face, denser

and darker on the thorax (on the mesonotum some black hairs

are intermixed), tergites 1 and 2 with a short, sparse, fulvous

clothing ; the area behind the eyes, the head beneath, meso-

pleura below densely, tergites 3, 4 wholly, and 5 on the

sides sparsely clothed with griseous pubescence ; all the

tergites have distinct apical fasciae, that on tergite 1 fulvous,

the rest griseous, anal fimbria dark chocolate-brown.

Front legs pale with long hair at base of femora, middle

and posterior legs with a mixture of dense silvery-brown

hair on tibiae and tarsi. Tegulae ferruginous. Wings

hyaline.

Length 12 mm,

9 ? ? .

Nyasaland : Blantyre [Dr. J. E. S. Old) (type); Valley

of Bukuru River, 3000 ft., vi. 1910 (S. A. Neave). CONGO

Free State : Katanga, Kambove, 4-5000 ft. ( S . A. Neave),

N. Rhodesia : Broken Hill, ii. 1912 (F. V. Bruce-Miller).

Anthophora rhodesice, sp. n.

5 . A. oldi affinis, sed clypeo flavo, duabus maculis subquadratis

basi, nigris ; tibiis iii. metatnrsisque nigro-hirtis ; capite, thorace

supra, abdominis segmentis 1-3 fulvo-, 4-5 griseo-hirtis ; ano

fusco ; labro areaque postoculari infra albo-, mesopleuris pallide

flavo-hirtis ; pedibus 1 pallide-, 2 et 3 nigro-hirtis ; antennis

plerumque nigris, scapo, art. 3tio tegulisque ferrugineis ; alis

hyalinis.

Long. 12 mm.

Ann . <Sc Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 8. Vol. xiii.

4

50

Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

Black, face covered with golden brown and whole of thorax

above with a dense orange-red pubescence, paler on pleura.

Tergites 1 and 2 with short, dense, orange-red pubescence,

tergite 3 with grey and reddish hair intermixed, tergites 4

and 5 densely covered with griseous pubescence, anal fimbria

dark chocolate-brown ; sternites clothed with a dark ferru-

ginous pubescence, all the segments with an interrupted apical

fascia of pale pubescence. Area behind the eyes and the

cheeks covered with dense long white hair. Mandibles at

base and labrum pale yellow, with a sparse covering of white

pubescence ; clypeus mostly pale yellow, with two sub-

quadrate marks at base black. Front legs covered with

pale pubescence, that on femora long and griseous, on tibiae

and tarsi pale golden ; middle and posterior legs mostly

covered with dense chocolate-brown hairs, the intermediate

tibise and posterior knees golden brown. Antennae for the

most part black ; scape, joint 3, and tegulae ferruginous.

Wings hyaline.

A long series of ? ? .

Length 12 mm.

N. Rhodesia : Upper Luangwa River, vii.-viii. 1910

(type), Mamadzi River, near Nawalia (2000 ft.), and

Chiwera, ix. 1911 ; Mid-Luangwa Valley (#. A. Neave) ;

Ulunga (F. V. Bruce Miller ).

This handsome species comes very near A. oldi , but the

thoracic pubescence is a much richer orange-red. Other

differences are as follows : —

A. oldi .

Clypeus black, pale yellow apically.

Antennae black.

Second abscissa of radius distinctly

shorter than third.

A. rhodesice.

Clypeus yellow with two sub-

quadrate black marks at base.

Antennae black, scape and joint 3

ferruginous.

Second and third abscissae of radius

about equal.

Anthophora ( Habropoda ) rowlandi , sp. n.

5 . Nigra ; capite, thorace abdomineque pallide fulvo-pilosis ;

capite prothoraceque pilis nigris intermixtis ; tergite secundo

nigro-fasciato ; antennis labro clypeoque nigris, mandibulis sub-

ferrugineis ; pedibus fulvo-pilosis ; alis hyalinis.

Long. 15 mm.

Black ; the head, thorax, and abdomen clothed with a pale

fulvous pubescence, that on the head and prothorax inter-

mixed with black hairs; clypeus sparsely clothed with dark

51

the Apidae in the British Museum.

hair; pubescence on abdomen somewhat more reddish to-

wards apex, tergites 2 with a transverse fascia of dark hair.

Antennae, clypeus, and labrum black, the labrum with a

covering of golden-brown hairs ; mandibles faintly ferru*

ginous. Legs ferruginous, the pubescence golden brown.

Clypeus and mandibles at base finely and evenly punc-

tured, vertex subnitidulous, almost impunctate. Wings

hyaline.

Length 15 mm.

£ . Similar to ? , differing only in having the clypeus

totally pale yellow. The scape is black beneath, not yellow ,

as is so prevalent in males of this genus.

4 ? ?,4dc?.

Assam: Shillong, viii. 1903 ( R . E . Turner).

This species, which I have pleasure in naming after its

captor, is apparently near to A. ( Hahropnda ) Jckasiana , Cam.

(= zfulvipes, Cam., Ann. & Mag, Nat, Hist. (7) xiii. p. 211,

1904), but may be distinguished from it by the entirely

black clypeus, without any keel. Cameron describes his

species as having the “face tuberculate in the middle ” ;

there is no such character in A. rowlandi.

Anthophora fulvokirta, sp. n,

§ . Nigra ; eapite, thorace, pleuris, terg. 1-4, pedibus plerumque

fulvo-hirtis ; area postoculari pilis longis et albidis, vertice pilis

nigris testaGeisque intermixtis ; terg. 5 nigro, fascia apicali

metatarsisque iii. (basi excepto) nigro- pilosis ; an tennis nigris

supra, scapo albido infra, art. 9-12 ferrugineis infra ; tegulis

ferrugineis ; raandibulis (apice excepto), genis clypeoque apice

linea longitudinali flavidis; alis subhyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 15 mm.

?. Black; head, thorax, pleura, tergites 1-4, and legs

for the most part clothed with fulvo-ferruginous hair, that on

the vertex intermixed with long black and testaceous hairs

and on the jowls with long and white hair ; tergite 5 black,

with an apical fascia of black hair, metatarsus iii. (except

basally) black-haired ; tegula ferruginous ; mandibles (the

apex excepted), cheeks, the clypeus apically, and a narrow

longitudinal line at right angles to the apical band yellowish.

Wings subhyaline, the nervures black.

Clypeus and labrum rather coarsely and evenly punctured,

thorax and abdomen finely ; joint 3 of antennae equal in

length to joints 4, 5, and 6.

Length 15 mm,

cj . More slender, otherwise differing only sexually.

4*

52

Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

3 ? $ , 3 (J.

Malay Peninsula : Singapore, 2 $ $ , 2 ^ (type $ ),

and Kukub, S.W. Johore (H. N. Ridley , F.5.S.), 1 <J .

Borneo ; Sandakan, 28. vii. 1893, 1 $ .

Anthopkora hamtschi , sp. n.

5 . Nigra ; capite thoraceque viridi-pubescentibus, pilis nigris iuter-

mixtis, abdomine supra splendide viridi-pubescenti, pilis sparsis

et fulvis intermixtis ; terg. 5 fascia apicali fulvo-pilosa ; pedibus

plerumque nigro-hirtis, sed coxis trochanteribusque albo-pilosis,

tarsis auticis tibiisque posticis supra fulvo-pilosis ; area post-

orbitali pleurisque pallide pilosis ; mandibulis basi duabus

maculis, labro, clypeo apice lineaque longitudinali fiavis; alis

subhyalin is.

Long. 16 mm.

? . Black ; head and thorax clothed with green pubes-

cence, with black hairs intermixed, abdomen above clothed

with rich emerald-green pubescence, with fulvous hairs some-

what sparsely intermingled ; sternites ferruginous, with

sparse apical fasciae of fulvo-ferruginous hair ; tergite 5 with

an apical fascia of fulvo-ferruginous hair. Legs for the most

part black-haired, but coxae and trochanters with white

pubescence, anterior tarsi and posterior tibiae above fulvous-

haired ; the area behind the eyes, the jowls, and pleura

clothed with whitish pubescence. Mandibles basally and

labrum with two yellow spots, clypeus at apex and a narrow

longitudinal line at right angles to apical line yellow. Wings

subhyaline. Mandibles and hypopygium impunctate, labrum

and clypeus (except the nitidulous yellow longitudinal line)

distinctly and eveidy punctured ; vertex, thorax, and abdo-

men covered with even fine punctures ; joint 3 of antennae

equal to joints 4, 5, 6.

Length 16 mm.

Perak : Maxwell’s Hill, 20th Aug., 1908 (Dr. R. Hanitsch).

1 ?•

This handsome species is dedicated to Dr. Hanitsch, Curator

of the Singapore Museum, by whom it was collected and

presented. The only other Eastern representative of the

genus with similar green pubescence is A. ceruginosa , Sm.,

from Australia, which may be immediately distinguished by

its smaller size and the absence of fulvous pubescence on the

hind tibiae. Viewed from above the abdominal pubescence

has a fulvous tinge; viewed from behind it is emerald-green.

the Apidae in the British Museum.

53

Anthophora pseudohomhoides, sp. n.

£. Yariegata; an tennis, capite, tkorace, terg. 1-3 nigris; man-

dibulis, terg. 4-6, sterno omnino, pedibusque ferrugineis ; labro

maculaque clypeali triangulari pallide flavis ; vertice thoraceque

nigro-, segmento mediano ochraceo-, genis pleurisque albo-birtis ;

terg. 1, 2 (lateribus exceptis), 4-6 fulvo-, terg. 2 (lateribus) et 3

nigro-pubescentibus ; pedibus nigro-hirtis, tibiis posticis apice

penicillis ochraceis ; alis pallide fuscis.

Long. 15 mm.

$ . A variegated species ; the antennae, head, thorax, and

tergites 1-3 black ; the mandibles, tergites 4-6, the sternum

altogether, and the legs ferruginous. Pubescence as

follows : — that on the vertex and thorax black, with a

brownish tinge ; on the median segment canary -yellow ; on

the jowls and pleura white ; tergites 1, 2 (with exception of

sides), and 4-6 fulvous, tergite 2 laterally and 3 black ; legs

black-haired, the posterior tibiae apically with ochraceous

tufts. Wings faintly fuscous. Mandibles finely punctured,

the whole insect otherwise almost impunctate; joint 3 of

antennae about equal to joints 4 and 5.

Assam (W. F. Badgley), 1 ? .

A most distinct species, the canary-yellow pubescence on

the median segment and the ferruginous and black abdomen

giving a very Bombiform appearance to the species. • *

Anthophora sicula , Smith, $ (nec ? ).

Two species are represented by the sexes of A. sicula ,

Smith. The name will stand for the male. The specimen

labelled and described as A. sicula , ? (the label, in Smith's

handwriting, appears as u A. sicilia ”), is A. acervorum , var.

pennata , Lep. A ? specimen from the Edward Saunders

Collection, originally from the Smith Collection, bears

Dr. Friese's determination u A. acervorum , var.” The true

A. sicula lacks the dilated tuft of hair on the intermediate

tarsi and the long ciliae on the other joints, so conspicuous in

males of A. acervorum .

Anthophora ( Amegilla ) villosula, Smith.

Anthophora villosula , Smith, Catal. Hymen. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 338

(1854).

Anthophora Jlorea , Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hymen, p. 123 (1879). $ .

Anthophora pinyshiangensis , Strand, Arckiv fur datura-. Abt. A,

Heft 3, pp. 105-107 (1913). 6 •

There can be no doubt that A.Jloreaj Sm., is the female of

54

Mr* G. Meade-Waldo on

his A. villosula described some years previously. Both

specimens come from the same locality (Shanghai). A good

description of the female of A. villosula is given by Friese

(‘ Die Bienen Europas,’ iii. p. 95). Male co-types of A. ping-

shiangensis, Strand, from Pingshiang, S. China, are typical

A . villosula.

The following three African species, all rather similar in

appearance and belonging to the A. qiiadrifasciata group,

differ as below : —

Head and thorax black, with pale or

fulvous pubescence ; abdomen with

pale apical fasciae of pubescence.

'Tergites 4 and 5 covered with a sparse

but distinct white pubescence .... 2.

, j Tergites 4 and 5 covered with a sparse

■*■* ) but distinct black pubescence ; pos-

| terior tibiae with a pale scopa. [Stn. (Sierra Leone.)

L Length 11 mm dlbigena , Lep., subsp. fallax,

f Clypeus coarsely punctured ; pubes-

cence on head and thorax above

ochraceous mixed with black, that

on pleura whitish ; tergite 1 with

apical fascia pale fulvous ; posterior

tibiae with a whitish scopa. Length

n I 15 mm rapida , Sm. (Natal.)

* j Clypeus more finely punctured ; pubes-

cence on head and thorax rich orange-

red, that on pleura paler ; tergites

1-3 with apical fasciae pale fulvous,

posterior tibiae with bright orange-

red scopa, and a tuft of white

pubescence at apex. Length 13 mm. torrida) Sm. (Sierra Leone.)

A. torrida may be synonymous with A. calens , Lep., from

Senegal. The type-specimen agrees very well with Lepe-

letier’s excellent description of A. calens . Specimens labelled

as “ A. calens ” in Smith’s collection are certainly identical

with his own A. torrida .

Anthophora bipartita , Smith.

Anthophora bipartita , Sm., var . Jlavicollis, Gerst.

Anthophora bipartita , Sm., var. nigroclypeata , Fr.

It seems highly probable that this species and A. flavicollis,

Gerst., are varieties of the same species ; and since Smith’s

species has priority of publication, A. flavicollis must be con-

sidered the variety. The difference is exactly similar to

that existing between A . armata , Fr., and the var. clitelli -

55

the Apidge in the British Museum .

gera , Fr., except that in this species it is the typical form

which has the thorax unicolorous, whereas in A. bipartita the

var. Jlavicollis is so marked. Again, it would seem that

A. nigroclypeata, Friese, is no more than another variety, in

which the clypeus and labrum are black, with the cephalic

pubescence of the same colour. Friese (‘ Die Bienen

Afrikas/ p. 270) notices the near relationship, but had only

seen specimens of the two forms from East and West Africa

respectively. The two forms, however, overlap in Uganda,

the meeting-place of the East and West African fauna.

Further, it would seem that the difference between nigro -

clypeata and Jlavicollis applies only to the females, since

a large series of males from the following localities show a

remarkable similarity : — Sierra Leone ( J . J. Simpson), S. Ni-

geria (W. C. W. Bakin), N. Nigeria ( J . W. Scott Macfie) ,

Gold Coast ( H . T. Palmer ), Uganda Protectorate and Brit.

East Africa (S. A. Neave ), Nyasaland [J, E. S. Old), and

the Transvaal (. H . P. Thomasset ).

Anthophora acraensis , F.

Without having seen the type it is very difficult to deter-

mine satisfactorily the typical form of this species. There is

a large series in the British Museum, from numerous localities

in both tropical and subtropical Africa, apparently referable

to A. acraensis. The specimen described by Fabricius (Ent.

Syst. ii. p. 329) was a male. Dours is certainly correct

(Monogr. Icon., Anthophora , p. 84, 1869) in interpreting

the “caput nigricans” referred to by Fabricius as meaning

that the hairs of the face and head beneath (?'. e. behind

the eyes) were white, those on the vertex intermingled with

black.

“ Ano albo,” also from the Fabrician diagnosis, is very

vague. According to Dours ( l . c.) segments 6 and 7 are

covered with white pubescence mixed with ferruginous ;

Friese (4 Die Bienen Afrikas/ p. 269) considers segment 5 to

be clothed with white hair. Probably this is variable, since

in var. albocaudata, Dours, segment 4 is also white.

Anthophora advena, Smith (type in B. M.), has been con-

sidered cospecific with A. acraensis , F. ; but (( thorax . . .

subtus niger” (Fabricius, l. c.) does not agree with Smith’s

species, in which the sternum is griseous. The fourth and

following segments of the abdomen are clothed with white

pubescence, as in var. albocaudata , Dours, of which it may

be the male.

56

Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

Antliopliora cincta, F.

The locality (Malabar) given for this species by Fabriciu3

in his original description (Spec. Insect, i. p. 473, 1781) is

certainly incorrect, for the species is without doubt Ethiopian,

as noticed by Smith (Descr. New Spec. Hymen, p. 124,

1879). Fabricius himself was doubtful at a later date (Syst.

Piez. p. 330, 1804), for he queries the locality.

The Anthophora cincta described by Dours (Monogr. Icon.,

Anthophora, p. 58) is an Australian species synonymous with

A. cingulata, F., q. v.

Friese did not know A. cincta , F., from Africa, but Vachal

records it from several West- African localities.

In the British Museum there is a typical series from the

Uganda Protectorate : west shore of Victoria Nyanza,

Buddu (3700 ft.), Sept. 1911 ( S . A. Eeave) ; Entebbe,

May 1912 (C. C. Gowdey). Sierra Leone: Free Town,

Sept. 1899 (E. E. Austen ). Northern Nigeria*. Dec.

1912 {J. J. Simpson).

The following description is taken from the type in the

Banks Collection at the British Museum : —

$ . Black ; mandibles (except extreme apex), labium, and

a thin X-shaped mark on clypeus pale yellow. Head,

thorax, and pleura more or less densely clothed with green

pubescence, intermixed with a few black hairs ; pubescence

behind the eyes below whitish. All the tergites with apical

metallic-green fascise, those on tergites 3-5 widening medially.

Legs : anterior pair covered with green pubescence, inter-

mediate tibiae and tarsi green above, black beneath ; posterior

legs black, the tibiae ferruginous above. Antennae blacky

flagellum ferruginous beneath.

Anthophora vivida, Smith.

Friese (‘ Die Bienen Afrikas/ p. 264) wrongly gives the

first abdominal segment as having a blue fascia; the first

segment is entirely black.

Anthophora modesta , Smith.

Dalla Torre (Catal. Hymen, x. p. 277) gives this species

ns American. The type, which is in the British Museum, is

from St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands. There are also speci-

mens with no more explicit data than “ West Africa.”

It is a most striking insect ; black, with an apical fascia of

white pubescence on the first tergite, and has the inter-

the Apidge in the British Museum. 57

mediate and posterior legs richly clothed with dense fulvous-

red scopa.

Total length 15 mm. ; length of fore wing 11 mm.

Anthophora alhigena , Lep., subsp. fallax, Sm.

Anthophora fallax, Sm. New Spec. Hymen. Brit. Mus. p. 120 (1879).

d 5 • (Sierra Leone.)

Anthophora lucknoviensis, Rad. Wiadom. z nauk Przyrodz. Warszowa,

ii. p. 76 (1882). tf. (Lucknow.)

Smith’s A. fallax is evidently a subspecies of the widely

spread A. alhigena , Lep., and specimens from N. Bengal,

Bombay, and Ceylon stand in the British Museum series,

placed there by Smith himself.

A. alhigena, subsp. quadrata , Okll., recently described

from Nasik, Bombay Presidency (Comber Coll.), is also this

subspecies.

Anthophora alhigena , Lep., var. pyramidalis , W. F. Kirby.

The Podalirius pyramidalis described by Kirby from

Socotra (Bull. Soc. Liverp. Mus. iii. p. 24, 1900) was con-

sidered by Kohl to be co-specific with A. alhigena , Lep., a

widely distributed species in the South Palgearctic region ;

but at the same time he recognizes that it may be considered

a variety, in which case Kirby’s name would stand (f Hymeno-

pteren Siidarabiens,’ p. 4, 1905).

A comparison between co-types of Kirby’s insect and

specimens of typical A. alhigena from Algeria shows the

following differences : —

A. alhigena , Lep. — Scape beneath bare ; cheeks white; hair

on posterior tibiae white.

A. alhigena , Lep., var. pyramidalis , W. F. Kirby. — Scape

beneath clothed with short, dense, white pubescence; cheeks

Hack ; hair on posterior tibiae fulvous.

Anthophora himalayensis) Rad.

Anthophora himalayemis, Rad. Wiadom. z nauk. Przyrodz. Warszowa,

ii. p. 75 (1882).

Anthophora proserpina, Grib. Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxv. p. 286 (1893).

I have compared a specimen of A. proserpina, taken by

myself at the type-locality (Malacca) in 1908; it agrees

perfectly with Gribodo’s description. The species is certainly

synonymous with A. himalayensis , Rad., of which the

British Museum possesses a good series from Middle Tenas-

serim and Sikkim (Bingham Coll.).

53

On the A p idee in the British Museum.

Anthophora hirnalayensis , Rad., var. pahangensis , var. nov.

5 . A. himalayensi typico similis, sed terg. 1-3 fasciis apicalibus

rufescente-pilosis.

$ . Similar to tlie typical form, but tergites 1-3 with

apical fasciae of rufous pubescence, that on tergite 3 widely-

broken medially.

PAHANG: Gunong Talian (2500-3500 ft.), v.-vii. 1905

( Herbert G. Robinson), 1 $ (type) ; there is also a female

Irom Mt. Ophir, Johore, 12th Aug. 1905 [Dr. R. Hanitsch ),

m bad condition, but probably belonging to this variety.

Anthophora cingulata , F.

Megilla cingulata, F., Syst. Piez. p. 332. no. 18 (1804).

Anthophora cincta, Pours (nec Fabr.), Mon. Icon. Anthophora, p. 58

(1869).

Anthophora emendata, Smith, New Spec. Hymen. Brit. Mus. p. 123

(1879). $ (nec $).

Anthophora emendata, Smith, var. gilberti, Ckll. Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. (7) xvi. p. 396 (1905). $ .

The type of this species is in the Banks Collection in the

British Museum. Smith incorrectly gives his type of

A. emendata as a $ , which accounts for Cockerells descrip-

tion of a new variety. The type of A. emendata is a <$ , and

the var. gilbertij Ckll., is certainly the female of the same

species.

The two specimens from Clare, South Australia (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 397, 1905), are erroneously

recorded as this species.

Emphoropsis carinifrons, Cam.

This species, from Hacienda Guachala, Ecuador ( Ed .

Whymper ), was described as Habropoda. Cockerell has

already (Canad. Ent. xxxvi. p. 302) transferred Smith’s

Mexican species (also described as liabropodai) to Empho-

ropsis. E. bombiformis , Sm. (1879), is omitted from Dalla

Torre’s catalogues.

Mr* J. W. ShoebothanTs Notes on Collembola.

59

VII. — Notes on Collembola . — Part 2 *. Some Irish Collem-

bohi and Notes on the Genus Orchesella. 13y John W.

Shoebotham, N.D.A., Berkhamsted.

[Plate III.]

Some Irish Collembola.

DURING the last two years I have made three visits to

Ireland, and on each occasion have collected some springtails,

though in the limited time at my disposal I did not have

opportunity to search for them as much as I would have

liked. A few notes, however, may he useful in giving fresh

localities for the known species and to place on record the

presence in Ireland of at least four species new to the

country, viz. Achorutes manubriali v, Tullbergia krausbaueriy

Lepidocyrtus albus , and Megalothorax minimus. The list of

Irish species taken by me would have been larger but for the

tact that I had the misfortune to break a tube in crossing

back to England after my first visit, and the contents were

lost. The collections have been made at the following-

places: — Black' ock, Co. Dublin; Dublin; Strabane, Co.

Tyrone ; Lifford, Co. Donegal ; Portadown, Co. Armagh ;

Gilford, Co. Down ; and Dundonald, Co. Down. All the

species have been collected by the author.

Order COLLEMBOLA, Lbk.

Suborder Arthropleona, C. B.

Family Achorutidag, C. B.j

Subfamily Achorutinjz, C. B.

Genus Achorutes, Tempi., Lbk.

1. Achorutes viaticus (Linn. ). Tbg.

Loc. Portadown, ii. 1912, near manure heap (G).

* The author intends publishing a series of parts of “ Notes on Collem-

bola” in this Journal. The previous paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,

ser. 8, vol. viii. pp. 32-39) is to be regarded as Part 1.

f The classification here adopted is one which, in the main, lias been

accepted by authors this last seven years. Dr. Borner has recently

proposed a new system, on which I hope to make some notes at an early

dale.

60 Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola,

2. Achorutes purpurascens , Lbk.

Loc. Strabane, ii. 1912, under stone (2) ; Portadown,

iii. 1912, on flower-pots in a house (10); Gilford, iii. 1912,

in greenhouse on surface of water in a tank (5).

3. Achorutes armatus (Nic.).

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under stones (7).

4. Achorutes manubrialis , Tbg., var. neghcta , G. B.

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, on puddle of water (2).

The type form of this species, with two short, straight,

anal horns on separated papillae, has been found and recorded

from Scotland and England ; but the variety neglecta of

Borner has only been previously recorded from Hertfordshire

in the British Isles by Collinge and Shoebotham (1910),

pp. 100, 101.

Subfamily Onychiurin&, C. B.

Genus ONYCHIURUS, Gerv., C. B.

5. Onychiurus armatus (Tbg.).

Loc. Lifford, ii. 1912, under stone (3) ; Portadown, ii. 19.12,

under stones (4), iii. 1912, under flower-pots in a house (3) ;

Dundonald, vi. 1913, under stones (3).

6. Onychiurus ambulans (Linn., Tbg.).

Loc. Lifford, ii. 1912, under stones (2) ; Portadown,

ii. 1912, under stones embedded in loose garden soil (6) ;

Gilford, iii. 1912, under a stone (2).

Genus Tullbergia, Lbk., C. B.

7. Tullberyia krausbaueri (C. B.).

L<oc. Lifford, ii. 1912, under a brick (2j ; Portadown,

iii. 1912, under a stone (1).

This very slender white species, which is about 1 mm.

long, is found sparingly in England under stones and bark,

out of doors, and under flower-pots in greenhouses. This is

the first record from Ireland.

Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola. 61

Subfamily Neanurin C. B.

Genus Anurida, Laboulb.

8. Anurida granaria (Nic.).

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under stones (7).

Genus Neanura, MacG.

9. Neanura muscorum (Tempi.).

Loc, Portadown, iii. 1912, under moist sticks (10).

Family Entomobryidae, D. T.

Subfamily Isotominm, Schffr., C. B.

Genus ISOTOMA, Bourl., C. B.

10. Isotoma viridis, Bourl., Sclitt.

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under log of wood on the

ground (5) ; Dundonald, vi. 1913, under moist stick (2).

11. Isotoma grisea , Lbk. (PI. III. fig. 1.)

Loc. Portadown, ii. 1912, under moist sticks on the

ground (4); Dublin, iv. 1913, under stick (1).

The Dublin example of this species had the right antenna

mutilated, the fourth joint being removed. I give an illustra-

tion of the head and antennae, to show the attempt at repara-

tion of the mutilated member. The normal number of joints

is not regained, but the terminal segment increases in size

and the damaged antenna then approaches the normal one in

length.

12. Isotoma arborea (Linn.), Agr.

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under bark of tree (3).

13. Isotoma sensibilis, Tbg.

Loc . Portadown, iii. 1912, under bark of fence-post (2).

14. Isotoma cinerea (Nic.).

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under moist stick (2).

62 Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola.

Genus Folsomia, Willem.

15. Folsomia fimetaria (Linn., Tbg.).

Log. Dublin, iv. 1913, under a stone (1) ; Dundonald,

vi. 1913, under a stone (1).

Genus Anurophorus, Nic., Tbg.

16. Anurophorus laricis , Nic.

Loc. Portadown, ii. 1912, under bark of fence-post (8),

Subfamily Tomocbbin Scliffr.

Genus Tomocerus, Nic.

17. Tomocerus minor (Lbk.).

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under moist stick (2) ; Dublin,

iv. 1913, under a brick (2) ; Dundonald, vi. 1913, under a

stone (1).

Subfamily Entomobbyin m, Scliffr., C. B.

Genus Isotomurus, C. B.

18. Isotomurus pal ustris (Mull.), var , prasina (Reut.).

Loc. Portadown, ii. 1912, under log of wood in a grass-

field (3) ; Gilford, iii. 1912, under stick (2); Dundonald,

vi. 1913, under moist stick (2).

Genus Entomobrya, Rond.

19. Entomobrya nivalis (Linn,).

Loc . Portadown, ii. 1912, under loose bark of apple-trees

(7), iii. 1912, under bark of fence-post (3) ; Gilford, iii. 1912,

under bark of fence-post (2) ; Blackrock, iv. 1913, under

loose bark of apple-trees (4).

20. Entomobrya albocincta (Tempi.). (PI. III. fig. 2.)

Loc. Portadown, ii. 1912, under bark of fence-post (6),

iii. 1912, on flower-pofs in a house (6) ; Gilford, iii. 1912,

under bark lying on the ground (3).

21. Entomobrya multif asciata (Tbg,).

Loc, Portadown, iii. 1912, under sticks (4) ; Gilford,

Mr. J. W. Siioebotham’s Notes on Collembola. 63

iii. 1912, under a board (3) ; Dublin, iv. 1913, under

sticks (3).

Genus Lepidocyrtus, Bourl.

22. Lepidocyrtus lanuginosus (Ginel.), Tbg.

Loc. Dundonald, vi. 1913, under stone (1).

23. Lepidocyrtus cyaneus , Tbg.

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under stones and sticks (6).

24. Lepidocyrtus albus , Pack.

Loc. Dundonald, vi. 1913, under a stone (1).

This species is new to the Irish fauna. It should be looked

for under stones, sticks, logs of wood, lying on or slightly

embedded in soil, and amongst decaying leaves. It is fairly

common in England, and may be recognized by the presence

of two ocelli on each side of the head, on one small eye-spot,

25. Lepidocyrtus cavernarum (Mon.).

Loc. Dundonald, vi. 1913, under a stone (1).

This species was first recorded for Ireland by Prof. Car-

penter from the Mitchelstown Cave in Co. Tipperary as a

new species, Cyphoderus martelii ; but Prof. Moniez, after

examining the specimens, considered it synonymous with

his Seira cavernarum from the Cave of Dargilan, in France,

It has been recorded from both Scotland and England.

Genus Orciiesella, Tempi.

For some notes on this genus see the latter part of this

paper.

26. Orciiesella cincta (Linn.), Lbk, (PI. III. figs. 3-6.)

Loc. Portadown, ii. and iii. 1912, under sticks (8) ; Dun-

donald, vi. 1913, under a stone (2).

Genus IIeteromurus, Wank.

27. Ileleromurus nitidus (Tempi.).

Loc. Portadown, iii. 1912, under a stone (1).

64 Mr. J. W. Slioebotliam’s Notes on Collembola .

Suborder Symphypleona, C. B.

Family Neelidae, Fols.

Genus Megalothorax, Willem.

28. Megalothorax minimus , Willem.

Loc . Portadown, iii. 1912, under flower-pot in a house (2).

I first discovered this species in Hertfordshire in 1908, and

have since found it in all districts in England where I have

specially looked for it. It is the smallest British spring-tail,

measuring only *25 mm. long ; the tiny size no doubt accounts

for it having been overlooked. It may be found under

flower-pots in greenhouses, and under boards, bark, stones,

sticks, &c., out of doors. This is the first Irish record.

Family Sminthuridae, Lbk.

Subfamily Sminthuridinje, C. B.

Genus Sminthurinus, C. B.

29, Sminthurinus niger (Lbk.).

Loc. Gilford, iii. 1912, in greenhouse on flower-pots (4) ;

Portadown, iii. 1912, on flower-pots in house (6).

30. Sminthurinus aureus (Lbk.),*var. ochropus (Reut.).

Loc. Dundonald, vi. 1913, under a stick on the ground (1).

Genus Arrhopalites, C. B.

31. Arrhopalites ccecus (Tbg.).

Loc . Portadown, iii. 191 2, under flower-pots in a house (4).

Subfamily Sminthurinje , C. B.

Genus Bourletiella, Banks, C. B.

32. Bourletiella signata (Nic., Agr.).

= Smynthurus hortensis, Fitch,

Loc. Dundonald, vi. 1913, under board in a garden (1).

Notes on the Genus Orchesella.

The genus Orchesella was founded by Templeton (1835),

p. 92, as follows : — u Antennae 6- or 7 -jointed, nearly as long

Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola.

65

as the body, filiform; fork developed.” Succeeding authors

have accepted this genus, and most*, including Tullberg

(1872), p. 42, Lubbock (1873), p. 129, Bonier (1901), p. 63,

Carpenter (1906), p. 41, and Linnaniemi (1912), p. 232,

give as one of the characters the presence of six eyes on each

side of the head. I. have examined three species of Orchesella ,

and have been able to find eight in each of them. It is true

that two of them are much smaller than the rest; but if the

insects are treated with caustic potash and examined, the full

number will be observed. I give illustrations (PI. III.

figs. 6-8) of the eyes in the three species I have had the

opportunity of examining, viz. 0. cincta , 0. villosa, and

O. Jlavescens. In a paper on Hertfordshire Apterygota,

Mr. Collinge and myself (1910), pp. 118, 119, gave as

characters of 0. cincta and 0. villosa : “ Eyes, 8 on each side

of the head.”

Orchesella anomala (Carp.), milii.

Entomobrya anomala , Carpenter, (1906) pp. 40-42, pi. ii. figs. 8-15.

In June 1905 Prof. Carpenter collected some springtails

from Fair Head, Co. Antrim, and in 1906 described them as

a new species of Entomobrya of somewhat aberrant type,

because of the relatively short fourth abdominal segment and

the presence of six distinct segments in the feeler, these being

characteristic of the genus Orchesella. Prof. Carpenter was

under the impression that Orchesella possessed only six eyes,

and regarded the extreme reduction of the two hinder median

ocelli (Guthrie's G and H) in E. anomala as being an

approach towards Orchesella . Having shown above that

eight is the normal number of eyes, 1 include Carpenter’s

anomala in Orchesella.

Another character by which the two genera may be sepa-

rated is by the end-knob of the antenna, this being present in

Entomobrya , but absent in Orchesella (see figs. 2, 3).

The presence of (so-called) 6-segmented antennae has been

given as a feature of the genus Orchesella . This is only

partially correct, for young specimens have 4-jointed antennae,

but as they grow older the first two joints each divide into

* Since writing the above, I have obtained a copy of a paper by

Guthrie (1906) on the Collembolan eye, in which (p. 240) he gives the

correct number of eyes, lie also suggests that the individual ocelli are

probably homologous in all the different species, and that they are

arranged more or less in a certain pattern, somewhat in the shape of the

letter S- Be has assigned letters A-ll to the eight eyes, and 1 have

lettered them in the same order in my illustration of the eye-spot of

Orchesella villosa.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

0

66 Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola.

two, and we have them 6-jointed. There is, however, no

true articulation between the subdivisions, and the antennae

are little, i£ at all, bent at these points. A similar process

of subdivision takes place in the genus Heteromurus , Wankel

( = Templetonia, Lubbock), except that only the first segment

is divided, resulting in 5-jointed antennae. This has been

iilustiated in the case of II. nitidus (Tempi.) by Bonier

(1901), p. 78, fig. 33.

1 regard all species of Collembola as having primarily

4-jointed antennae, and these may be secondarily divided as

above, or ant. iii. and iv. may be divided as in the genus

PUnothrix, or only ant. iv. as in Ar rhopalites and some other

genera of the Sminthuridse.

Orchesella jlavescens (Bourl.), Agrv in England.

= Heterotoma Jlavescens, Bourlet (1839).

Orchesella rufescens, Lubbock, (1862) p. 592.

Orchesella Jlavescens, Agren, (1903) pp. 149-151.

This species has been recorded from England under the

name of 0 .rufescens; but Agren, in his paper on the Aptery-

gotal Fauna of South Sweden (1903) has shown that it should

be known as 0 . jlavescens of Bourlet, the earlier references to

Podura rufescens being insufficient for identification. It is

apparently not very common in England, for it has only

been found and recorded on few' occasions. The early

records, however, for England seem to have been overlooked,

for Bagnall (1908), p. 82, includes Orchesella rufescens from

Delamere Forest, Cheshire, in a list of “Additions to the

Fauna of Great Britain,” and (1909), p. 504, writes of it

being “ found not uncommonly in Delamere Forest,” and

“ though this is a widely distributed European species, and is a

eommon one in many countries, it is only now that we are

able to record it as a British Insect.”

The previous references to this insect in England are as

follows

Lubbock (1862), p. 592, says of O. rufescens: — “The

body is rather narrow, and much less heavy than in the other

English species .” The paper is written of Collembola found

by Lubbock since writing Part I. of his “ Notes on. the Thysa-

nura,” and for some of the species he mentions Kent as a

locality ; so that I regard the above as a distinct record of the

species from England.

Sir John Lubbock, in his Monograph (1873), himself seems

to have overlooked the fact that he had previously found and

recorded this species, for (p. 134) he says: — “ The following

Mr. J. W. Shoebotham’s Notes on Collembola. 67

species have not been met with in England,” and includes

Orchesella rufescens, and on p. 135 he says “ I have not yet

met with it in England,” though he remarks that he had

found it very common in woods in Switzerland (which he

visited in 1869).

Lubbock seems to have maintained this view, because in a

note in Proc. Ent. Soc. for 1879, p. 44, it is recorded that

“ Sir John Lubbock exhibited a specimen of Orchesella

rufescens taken in Kent, being a species of Collembola new

to Great Britain.”

It is difficult to reconcile these statements, but I can only

suppose that Lubbock had overlooked his specimens and

record of 1862 when he published his Monograph eleven

years later.

The following are the English records of Orchesella faces-

ce ns = rufescens : —

Lubbock (1862), p. 592. — England.

„ (1880), p. 44. — Kent.

Bagnall (1908), p. 82. — Delamere Forest, Cheshire.

\, (1909), p. 504.— „

To these I am able to add the following, collected by

myself : —

Froghall, Staffs. — One specimen, ix. 1909.

Berkhamsted, Herts. — Three specimens, ii. 1911.

Ashley Green, Bucks. — Four specimens, iii. 1911.

I do not know of any other records for the British Isles.

Bibliography.

o

Agren, II. (1903.) “Zur Kenntniss der Apterygoten-Fauna Sud-

Sckwedens.” Stett. entom. Zeit. 1903, pp. 113-176, pi. ii.

Bagnall, R. S. (1908.) “ Rare Coleoptera, Tkysanoptera, and Aptera."’

Proc. Ent. Soc. London for 1907, part 4, pp. 80-83. (Collembola,

pp. 82, 83.)

. (1909.) “ Short Notes on some New and Rare British Collem-

bola.” Tran3. Nat. Ilist. Soc. of Northumberland, Durham, and

Newcastle-upon-Tyne, new series, vol. iii. part 2, pp. 495-509.

(Reprint paged 2-16.)

Burner, C. (1901.) “Zur Kenntnis der Apterygoten-Fauna von

Bremen uud der Nachbardistrikte. Beitragzu einer Apterygoten-

Fauna Mitteleuropas.” Abb. Nat. Ver. Bremen, vol. xvii. lleft 1,

pp. 1-140, pis. i., ii., text-figs. 1-03. (Reprints paged 1-141 :

page of corrections inserted at p. 129.)

Bourlkt, l’Aube. (1839.) “ Memoire sur les Podures.” M<5m. Soc.

Roy. des Sci. de l’Agric. de Lille, vol. i. pp. 377-417, 1 pi.

Carpenter, G. II. (1900.) “On Two new Irish Species of Collem-

bola.” Sci. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. vol. xi. (n. s.) no. 0, pp. 39-42,

pi. ii.

68 Mr. A. H. Clark on

Collinge, W. E., and Shoebotham, J. W. (1910.) il The Apterygota

of Hertfordshire.” Jonrn. Econ. Biol. vol. v. part 3, pp. 95-132,

figs. 1-15.

Guthkie, J. E. (1906.) “ Studies of the Collembolan Eye.” Proc.

Iowa Acad. Sci. vol. xiii. pp. 239-243, pi. xviii.

Linnaniemi, W. M. (Axelson). (1912.) “Die Apterygotenfauna

Finlands. — II. Spezieller Teil.” Acta Soc. Scient. Fenn. vol. xl.

no. 5, pp. 1-359, pis. i.-xvi.

Lubbock, J. (1862.) “Notes on the Thysanura. — Part II.” Trans.

Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxiii. pp. 589-601, pi. lix.

. (1873.) “ Monograph of the Collembola and Thysanura.”

London, Ray Society, pp. 1-276, pis. i.-lxxviii.

— — . (1880.) ( Orchesello rufescens from Kent, England.) Proc. Ent.

Soc. London for 1879, p. 44.

Templeton, R. (1835.) “ Thysanurce Hibernicce , or Description^ of

such Species of Spring-tailed Insects (Podura and Lepisma, Linn.)

as have been observed in Ireland : with Introductory Observations

upon the Order bv J. O. Westwood.” Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

vol. i, part 2, pp. 89-98, pis. xi., xii.

Tullberg, T. (1872.) “ Sveriges Podurider.” Kongl. Svenska Vet.-

Akad. Handl. vol. x. no. 10, pp. 1-70, pis. i.-xii.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Isotoma grisea , Lbk, Head from the side, showing mutilated

right antenna with three joints in comparison with the 4-jointed

normal left antenna. The illustration shows the increased size

of the terminal segment of the mutilated antenna.

Fig. 2. Entomobryct ctlbocincta (Tempi.). End of antenna, showing

presence of end-knob.

Fig. 3. Orchesello, cincta (Linn.), Lbk. End of antenna, showing absence

of end-knob.

Fig. 4. O. cincta. Outline of right antenna, showing subdivision of

ant. i. and ii., making the antenna appear 6-join ted.

Fig. 5. O. cincta. End of ant. iii., showing the antennal organ iii.

Fig. 6. O. cincta. Left eye-spot, with eight ocelli.

Fig. 7. O. villosa (Geoffr.), Lbk. Right eye-spot, with eight ocelli.

The lettering A-H on the ocelli is in the same order as suggested

by Guthrie (1906). 0

Fig. 8. O.flavescens (Bourl.), Agr. Left eye-spot, with eight ocelli.

VIII. — Two interesting Mammals from the Island of Tobago ,

West Indies. By Austin H. Clark.

Mr. W. E. Broadway, of the Botanic Station, Scarborough,

Tobago, has recently sent me the skins of two mammals

representing species one of whicli is as yet unrecorded from

that island.

Unfortunately both of the skins are imperfect, and the

skulls of both are missing; but the interest attaching to them

SIIOEBOTIIAM.

Ann. <$• Mag. Rat. Hist. S. §. Vcl. XJII. PL IIL

7

69

Mammals from the Island of Tobago.

appears to be sufficient to warrant the publication of a short

note upon them.

It has seemed unnecessary to include the synonymy of

these species, as botli are treated in considerable detail by

Glover M. Allen in his recent paper on the mammals of the

West Indies (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. vol. liv. 1911, no. 6,

pp. 175-263).

Marniosa tobagi , Thomas.

Local name. — Manicou Rat ; known on Grenada and the

Grenadines as Manicou Gros-yeux.

Material. — One imperfect skin, unsexed, and without the

skull.

Compared with a specimen of Marmosa chapmani from

Trinidad in the collection of the [J.S. National Museum this

example is found to be somewhat more greyish dorsally,

while the cinnamon along the sides is paler. The ear is

much smaller, measuring only 17 mm. in length. The hind

foot is noticeably smaller. The specimen from Trinidad is a

male, while there is a possibility that the one from Tobago is

a female, and a probability that it is young.

Dr. Glover M. Allen states that two specimens which he

obtained on Grenada “ are identical in size and cranial

measurements with a topotype of M. chapmani from Caura,

Trinidad ; they are, however, slightly paler cinnamon along

the sides. . . .”

Mr. Oldfield Thomas has recently described the Marmosa

occurring on Tobago under the name of Marmosa tobagi.

'Though the characters separating this form from M. chapmani

do not appear to be of much significance, it has seemed best

to use the name at least until a good series from Tobago is

available for study.

Remarks. — Mr. Oldfield Thomas has described the u manicou

gros-yeux” of Grenada under the name of Marmosa grenadee ;

but Allen can find no difference between the specimens from

Grenada and those from Trinidad except the very slight one

in the colour, which he says “ is apparently not more than

individual variation.”

It is quite possible that the murine opossum was uninten-

tionally introduced by man into the Grenadines, and perhaps

into Grenada also, horn Trinidad, for its presence in the

fauna of these islands is somewhat anomalous, and, on

account of its small size and nocturnal and secretive habits,

it is the most easily carried from place to place, concealed in

70

On Mammals from the Island of Tobago.

bunches of bananas or in other similar hiding-places, of all

the mammals of Trinidad.

In the West Indies the murine opossum ( Marmosa ) occurs

on the islands of Carriacouand IsleRonde in the Grenadines,

as well as on Grenada, Tobago, and Trinidad. s

Dasgpus novemcinctus hoplites , G. M. Allen.

Local name. — Tattoo (Tatu).

Material. — One imperfect skin, without fore limbs or skull,

and with the tip of the tail broken.

The measurements are : —

Frontal shield

Scapular shield

Thoracic rings (9)

Pelvic shield

Tail

Tail to the distal edge of the twelfth bony ring .

mm.

54

69

68

95

240

165

Remarks . — This specimen evidently represents a dwarf

form of Dasgpus novemcinctus , very nearly related to, if not,

the Dasgpus novemcinctus hoplites of Grenada.

Armadillos were first reported from Tobago in 1658 by

C. de Rochefort, who remarked upon the small size of the

local form ; but no definite record of the species inhabiting

ihe island has ever been published.

On Grenada armadillos have been known to occur since

1667, when they were reported as common there by Pbre

du Tertre, who also mentioned that all attempts to introduce

them into other of the (then) French islands had met with

failure. During a visit of some weeks to Grenada in 1904 I

found that armadillos were not at all uncommon there, though

I did not succeed in securing any specimens. For some

years the local form had been regularly recorded in the

‘ Grenada Handbook 3 under the name of Dasgpus novem-

cinctus. In a paper published in 1905 (‘ The Auk,’ vol. xxii.,

July 1905, pp. 270, 271) I wrote, “To-day Grenada is the

only island (except, of course, Tobago and Trinidad) where

the Armadillo is found,” and remarked that it was still called

there by the same name, Tatu, under which it was referred

to by du Tertre and Labat. In 1910 Dr. G M. Allen visited

the island and secured three specimens, upon which he based,

in the following year, the name Dasgpus novemcinctus hoplites.

The typical form, Dasgpus novemcinctus novemcinctus ,

occurs in Trinidad.

On a Variety of Porcellio scaber, Latr.

71

IX. — On an interesting Variety of Porcellio scaber, Latr.

By Walter E. Collinge, M.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S.

Well-marked variations amongst the British Terrestrial

Isopoda, apart from colour-variations, are by no means

common. To some extent this is probably due to the fact

that the different species have not received the same attention

as have those of other groups.

I have recently received from Mr. P. A. Aubin, of

St. Helier, Jersey, Channel Isles, who has given me most

valuable assistance in my studies of the Channel Island

species, a very interesting variation, which I think is worthy

of recording.

Porcellio scaber , Latr., var. aubini , nov.

Colour a creamy white, with a few small sepia or slaty-

coloured dashes. First segment of the mesosome strongly

convex, giving the head a somewhat tucked-in appearance.

The backward curve of the lateral plates less acute. Tubercles

fewer, less prominent, and more irregular in arrangement.

Distinct transverse ridge on the tergum of the last thoracic

segment. Lateral lobes of cephalon smaller and of a different

contour to type ; frontal lobe less prominent. Basal joint of

antennae smaller. Uropoda : exopodite more contracted proxi-

mally, giving the appendage a more conical shape..

Uab. From wet moss growing on face of a road cutting

through shale; St. Helier, Jersey, Channel Isles.

I have pleasure in associating with this interesting variety

the name of Mr. Aubin.

I may mention that I have taken a very similar colour-

variety, without the above structural differences , in Cheshire,

Warwickshire, Worcestershire, and Staffordshire ; but,

holding the view that colour-variations, especially in the

Isopoda, are of very little importance unless associated with

structural differences, I have not previously recorded them.

72

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on the Forficularla.

X. — Notes on the Forficularia. — XX. A new Genus and

Five new Species from Australia. By MALCOLM BlJRR,

D.Sc., F.E.S., &c.

[Plate IV.]

The Dermaptera of Australia have been neglected by-

collectors, and it is only quite recently that I have seen any

fresh material. I have now. however, enlisted the co-opera-

tion of Mr. R. Hamlyn Harris, Director of the Queensland

Museum, Mr. F. P. Spry, of Melbourne, and Mr. F. P. Dodd,

of Kuranda, Queensland, from whom I have received a

number of interesting species. The hitherto unknown ones

are now described for the first time. In two instances the

genital armature is figured and briefly described in a

provisional manner.

S ubf a m i ly Pygidicraninjs.

Dicrana hacheri , sp. n.

Parva, gracilis, pallida, fusco-ornata ; forcipis bracchia 6 contigua ;

segmentum penultimum ventrale quadra turn, margine postico

utrinque emarginato, lobulo medio acuto.

d.

Long, corporis 16 mm.

„ forcipis 2 ,,

Small and slender; colour pale tawny or buff, with blackish

markings ; head flat, buff ; pronotum slightly longer than

broad, and slightly narrower posteriorly than anteriorly,

anterior margin rounded, posterior truncate, sides sub-

parallel ; elytra long, blackish, with a median long buff band ;

wings perfect, banded with buff and blackish ; scutellum

ample, buff, nearly equilateral ; legs buff and hairy ; abdomen

buff at the base, passing to deep red apically, scarcely

dilated ; last dorsal segment nearly square, deep red, smooth,

unarmed; penultimate ventral segment <$ quadrate, poste-

rior margin emarginate on each side, with a feeble lobe in the

middle. Forceps with branches contiguous, depressed, deep

red, rather broad, straight, the tips gently curved.

Queensland: Brisbane, 1 A > 26. vi. 11 ( Hacker , in Mus.

Brisbane) ; Kuranda {Dodd, in c. in.).

The type will be deposited in the British Museum.

This is a delicate little species, well characterized by the

form of the penultimate ventral segment of the male.

Dr. M. Barr — Notes on the Forficularia.

73

Pyge shortridgn) sp. n.

Colore fusco-testaceo, nigro-marmorato ; forcipis bracchia J remota,

valde arcuata, apice bimucronata.

cf.

Long, corporis 20 mm.

„ forcipis 4 „

General colour dark testaceous, marbled and mottled with

blackish, strongly pubescent.

Antennae testaceous.

Head dark testaceous, indistinctly shaded with fuscous.

Pronotum about as broad as the head, parallel-sided; poste-

rior margin straight, angles gently rounded ; anterior margin

distinctly convex, rounded, dark testaceous, with two indistinct

blackish bands.

Scutellum broad, testaceous, banded with blackish.

Elytra narrow and short, dark testaceous, with indistinct

blackish bands.

Legs dirty yellowish, indistinctly shaded with dark brown.

Abdomen testaceous, with a double black dorsal band and

one down each side; gradually widening from base to apex,

where the yellowish and blackish fuse into a uniform deep

reddish brown. Venter dirty testaceous; last dorsal segment

square, ample, smooth, broader than the abdomen, deep red-

brown, with some faint blackish pattern.

Penultimate ventral segment broad and quadrate; poste-

rior margin truncate, with a median canal in the apical half.

Pygidium hidden.

Forceps with the branches remote at the base, depressed

and dilated at the base itself on the inner margin ; strongly

arched, including a scutiform area, meeting before the apex

at a very blunt tooth, finely crenulate here, the inner margin

then straight and contiguous to the tips, which are hooked.

W. Australia : 1 d {G. C. Shortridge, type in B. M.).

This is the only known species of Pyge with remote

forceps and mottled uniform, recalling that of the South-

African Picranici liturata , Stai. The forceps are very charac-

teristic, and especially the square and sulcate penultimate

ventral segment, which may later justify the erection of a

new genus.

Subfamily Parisolabinje .

ParisOPSALIS, gen. nov.

Antennae 15-segmentis, tertio elongate, 4 et 5 tertio brevioribus,

74

Dr. M. Barr — Notes on the Forfieularia.

sed sat elongatis, haud globularibus, ceteris elongatis, pyri-

formibus, basi valde gracilibus, apice clavatis ; prosternum paral-

lelum ; meso- ac metasterna rectangularia, postice truncata ;

abdomen 3 medio dilatatum, segmentis lateribus acutis ; seg-

mentnm ultimum 3 transversum, rectangulare ; forcipis braccbia

c 5 remota.

In the dilated abdomen approaches Parisolahis, Verb., but

differs in the rectangular last dorsal segment and acute sides

of abdominal segments. In the long pyriform antennal

segments it differs both from Parisolahis , Verli., Pseudisolubis,

Burr, and Idolopsalis , Bor.

Parisopsalis spryi , sp. n.

Glabra, nigro-rufescens ; abdomen 3 medio fortiter dilatatum,

segmentis 2-9 lateralibus fortiter recurvis, acutis, segmentis

singulis postice rufescentibus ; segmentum ultimum dorsale

transversum, inerme ; forcipis braccbia basi remota et conica,

recta, apice valde attenuata ac fortiter arcuata.

d.

Long, corporis 14 mm.

„ forcipis 2*5 „

Reddish black, glabrous; head broad, smooth, depressed,

black; antennae blackish brown.

Pronotum almost rectangular, very gently widened poste-

riorly, a little broader than long, sides all straight ; meso-

notum densely punctulate; metanotum densely punctulate,

very short ; legs slender, femora fuscous, tibiae and tarsi dirty

yellowish.

Abdomen depressed, strongly dilated about the middle ;

narrowed apically, both ventral and dorsal surfaces deep

reddish black, the posterior portion of each segment in the

hinder half of the abdomen clear brick-red, the black part

linely and densely punctulate, the red part smooth ; the sides

of each segment except the first produced into an acute

strongly recurved hook, the outer edge of which is keeled,

and rugulose above and below the keel ; last dorsal segment

transverse, rectangular, unarmed, smooth, the posterior mar-

gin gently concave, and feebly swollen into an incipient

tubercle over the roots of the forceps.

Penultimate ventral segment rounded.

Forceps with the branches remote at the base, stout,

trigonal, conical, straight in basal third, tapering apically,

and near the apex strongly and abruptly arcuate.

AuSTKALlA : Victoria, Warburton District, Christmas 1902,

Dr. M. Barr — Notes on the Forficularia. 75

2 cf; Cape Otway Ranges, Feb. 1913,2 J , 2 $ (Spry). Type

in c. m.

I am indebted to Mr. F. P. Spry, of Victoria, for this inter-

esting species; its appearance and the recurved abdominal

hooks, recalling those of Ancistrog aster, render it easily

recognizable.

Two of the males are ill-developed specimens; the dilata-

tion of the abdomen is much less pronounced and the forceps

are only gently arcuate apically ; consequently the whole

appearance is very different from that of the type, and at first

1 considered it a distinct species. But for the fact that there

are nine abdominal segments, I should have regarded them

as females.

But the differences are merely of degree, and not of kind ;

as they were taken at the same time and place as the typical

examples, I am of opinion that they are only ill-nourished

and feebly-developed specimens.

As to the genital armature, the apical segments of the

metaparameres are narrow, almost parallel-sided, gently con-

cave, about as long as the proparameres ; the virga is short

and rather broad, somewhat inflated towards the apex.

Subfamily Spongifhobinm.

Marava doddi, sp. n.

Bufo-castanea ; elytra indistincte vittata ; pygidium J valde pro-

duction, basi lateribus triangulariter lobatum, apice fissum ;

forcipis bracchia <5 remota, subrecta, apice incurva.

d.

Long, corporis 6-8*5 mm.

„ forcipis 2*5 „

Small; reddish chestnut; antennae with thirteen to four-

teen segments, brown, feebly obconical, fourth a little shorter

than third ; head broad, dark brown or black ; pronotum

broadened posteriorly, yellowish anteriorly, darker posteriorly;

elytra smooth, deep brown, with an indistinct yellowish

band ; wings brown ; legs yellow, femora banded with

fuscous, the anterior pair decidedly thickened ; second tarsal

segment long, nearly equal to the third; abdomen deep

reddish chestnut, darker at the sides, pliciform tubercles

distinct ; last dorsal segment smooth, black, transverse ;

ninth sternite ample, quadrate; pygidium very large and

prominent, produced into a long lobe, with a triangular dila-

tation on each side near the base, then nearly parallel-sided,

76

Dr. M. Burr — Notes on (he Forficularia.

deeply incised at the apex, with pointed lobes ; branches of

forceps straight, simple, unarmed, strongly hooked at the

apex.

Queensland : Kuranda, 2 $ (Dodd ). Type in my

collection.

This and the following species are very closely allied.

The form of the pygidium is quite distinctive, but only the

apical portion is really noticeable, the basal triangular lateral

dilatations being quite hidden in one specimen and only just

discernible in the other. One specimen is macropterous, the

other brachypterous.

Marava hacker i} sp. n.

Para, fusco-castanea ; elytra flavo-vittata ; pygidium c? breve,

latum, obtusum, margine postico lateralis minimis 4 instructo ;

forcipis bracchia <$ remota, gracilia, elongata, recta, intus medio

dentata.

c?.

Long, corporis 6*5 -7*5 mm.

„ forcipis 2*75-3 „

Slender and small ; reddish chestnut ; antenna? greyish

brown, the two basal segments yellow ; head broad, blackish

brown ; pronotum broadened posteriorly, deep brown, with a

broad yellow border on each side ; elytra deep brown, with

a yellow band ; wings long, deep brown, with a big yellow

spot ; legs yellow, indistinctly banded with fuscous ; abdomen

deep red, darker at the sides ; last tergite smooth, with feeble

tumidities over the insertion of the forceps ; pygidium <$

short, broad, tumid, with four minute tubercles on posterior

margin ; forceps with the branches remote, slender, straight,

with a small median tooth.

Apical segment of parameres broader than the basal, with

gently rounded margins, broadened towards the apex and then

abruptly attenuate and acute ; virga long and convoluted,

inflated at one end, terminating in a U-prong at the other.

Queensland : Tambourine Mts., 27th Nov., 1912

(Ilacker). Four d d in Mus. Brisbane and c. m.

The type will be deposited in the British Museum.

This species resembles the preceding, but is of rather more

slender build and a little longer. The form of the pygidium

and forceps is quite different.

BURR.

Ann. Sf May. As at. Ifist. S. §. Vol. AM1I. PI. 1\ .

Notes from the Gaily Marine Laboratory .

77

Marava victorice , sp. n.

M. hackeri vicina; differt pygidio J margine postico in lobum

triangularem producto.

cJ. ?•

Long, corporis 6-6*5 mm. 7-7*5 mm.

„ forcipis 2-2*5 „ 1 „

In colour closely resembles M . hackeri, but tints a little

deeper and markings less defined ; agrees in every respect

except the pygidium $ , which is produced into a depressed,

rather obtuse, triangular lobe, with a point at each side and

one at the apex.

Victoria : Fern Tree Gu11}t, 6 <$ <£, 4 ? ? [Spfy, c • ni.).

This species very closely resembles M. hackeri , but the

pygidium is quite different ; the lateral points are often

scarcely discernible, the apical point being the most prominent

and often the only one noticeable.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Dicrana hackeri, sp. n. , x 2|.

Fig. 2. Pyge shortridgei, sp. n. <$ , X 2|.

3. Parisopsalis spryi, sp. n. <5, x 2£.

.Fq?. 3 a. Ditto. Profile of abdomen. J .

Fig. 4. Ditto. Genital armature, c? .

Fig. 5. Marava doddi, sp. n. (J, X 4.

Fig. 6. Ditto. Forceps and pygidium. <5, X 8.

Fig. 7. Marava hackeri, sp. n. J, X 5.

Ffy. 8. Ditto. Forceps and pygidium. <5 , X 8.

ioV/. 9. Ditto. Genital armature.

Fig. 10. Marava victorice , sp. n. Jb X 5.

Fig. 11. Ditto. Forceps and pygidium. x 10.

XI. — Notes from the Gatti / Marine Laboratory, St. An-

drews.—No. XXXVI. By Prof. MTntosh, M.D., LL.D.,

F.R.S., &c.

[Plates V. & VI.]

1. On the Ventral Furrows of the Lesser Rorqual ( Balccnoptera rostrata ,

O. Fabricius).

2. On some of the Species of Prionospio , Malmgren.

3. On the British Amphictenidce.

4. On the British Ampharetidce.

1. On the Ventral Furrows of the Lesser Rorqual

(Balaenoptera rostrata, O. Fabricius).

In the numerous accounts of the structure of this species,

from J. Hunter and R. Knox to Sir William Turner, the

78

Prof. M'Intosh’s Notes from the

exact conditions of the ventral furrows diverges from that

seen in the accompanying photograph * of an adult female

lately stranded at Crail, on the Forth, and measuring 30 feet

in length. For instance, in the figure given by Drs. Carte

and Macalister f, the furrows preserve a nearly uniform

arrangement from the symphysis of the mandible to the

navel; thus resembling corduroy, the figure being less accurate

than the description, which is that beneath the mandible

the furrows (t were flat and inconspicuous, but as they

extended down towards the thoracic region they became

enlarged and much more numerous ; subsequently, as they

approached the abdominal parietes, they decreased in number

but increased in width, being finally lost in the neighbouring

skin.” The folds are seen in the photographs given by

Sir William Turner, and.in one { a single split is observed.

This distinguished anatomist states that “ the average breadth

of the ridges between the furrows immediately below the

angle of the mouth was about 1 inch, but further back some

were as wide as 2 inches.” Mr. Perrin § specially notes

that the folds did not decussate in a female of 13 feet or

decrease in number from before backward. As no mention

is made of the furrows splitting, it is possible that the con-

dition in the female stranded at Crail may be exceptional.

The total number of the furrows could not be counted, but

the majority are shown in the photograph, viz. about forty

(PL V.). Just below the eye two of the narrow ridges fuse

and continue to the flipper, which in the specimen had

been removed, so that the downward curvature of the furrows

at the axilla could be distinctly seen. In the same way the

two furrows following the adjoining one fused just before the

anterior edge of the flipper. An entire ridge followed,

widening, like the rest, behind the flipper, and disappearing

on the side of the whale. The next two narrow ridges from

the angle of the jaw fused slightly in front of the previous

pair, the single ridge widening and disappearing as before.

An entire ridge came next, followed by another similar in

front, but its broad part behind the flipper was split into

two moderate ridges, the fork nearly reaching its edge.

The succeeding ridge was formed of two narrow ones,

which united in a line with the eye. Three ordinary and

simple ridges followed, then came another which, a little

behind a line with the eye, split into two, which coursed

* Taken by Mr. A. W. Brown, of tlie Gatty Marine Laboratory.

t Philos. Trans, vol. clviii. pi. iy. fig. 1.

X 1 Marine Mammals, University Museum, Edinburgh,’ p. 60 (1912).

§ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 867.

79

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews .

backward behind the flipper, where the lower (or inner) one

rather rapidly widened and split into two, which became

broader, as usual, in their backward progress. The next

furrow was very narrow under the jaw, but gradually in-

creased into a broad ridge in its course along the region

behind the flipper. The succeeding narrow ridge split about

the middle of the sublingual region, the left ridge running

backward to a point considerably behind the flipper, where it

ceased, nearly in a line with the letters J. P. cut into the

skin, a single broad ridge (3 inches) passing backward

behind this point But the second or inner ridge formed by

the split was still more interesting, for it terminated by

fusing with the narrow ridge to its inner or right side about

a line midway between the eye and the anterior border of the

flipper (insertion of), the single ridge then coursing back-

ward to join the previous one in forming the broad abdominal

ridge (3 inches) formerly mentioned. The sublingual ridge

to the right split about atrausverse line from the mandibular

cond}7le, the separating furrow ending a little in front of the

previous one and the letters J. P., a broad ridge not quite

3 inches remaining to the rear. Two subgular ridges to the

right, fused at a line a little in front of the flipper, contracted

to a narrower single ridge, the furrow ceasing under the

letters J. P., leaving posteriorly a broad smooth area more

than double the breadth of the widest ridge previously

described. The adjoining furrow to the right presented a

rudimentary split at its inner edge in a line with the flipper,

but it soon ceased, and the furrow to the right terminated a

little short of the previous one. The next ridge (to the

right) was split about the middle of the sublingual region,

its lower limb forking again in a line with the eye, whereas

the next one (also to the right) fused with its neighbour to

form a single ridge at the same line. The ridges slightly

widen from the articulation of the mandible forward to its

edge, the narrowest part being the region of the throat, and

some below the eye are short, ending after a brief course on

the side or fusing into a single ridge. Moreover, whilst the

ridges, as a rule, are pale, the furrows have much dark

pigment. This description leaves about half the series

(to the right) untouched, but it will suffice to indicate that,

whilst there is truly a parallelism in the ridges, the condition

is more complex, as the accompanying photograph will

show. Mr. Beddard and others are inclined to think that

these ridges are useful to the animal in distention of the

mouth and gullet in taking food (fishes &c.), but, as they also

80

Prof. McIntosh's Notes from the

occur on the thorax and part of the abdomen, this view is

not without doubt.

So far as can be observed in the photographs given by

Sir William Turner*, and from other figures, no uniformity

exists in the occurrence of the fissures in the ridges, which

in this species are narrow and fine in front in comparison

with those in the common rorqual, and still more in contrast

with the massive ridges in Megaptera. Yet in the common

rorqual the junction of two ofthe jugal ridges occurs several

times on each side, and in their course backward several of

the large ridges are split into two.

2. On some of the Species of Prionospio, Malmgren.

A Canadian Prionospio , dredged by Dr. Whiteaves in the

Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada, presents certain differences

from that described by Malmgren, while approaching that of

Sars. No complete example is in the collection and no

satisfactory fragment of the posterior end, all presenting

signs of mutilation and regeneration. The proboscis was

extruded in every case, so that the snout was more or less

distorted, the protruded organ forming a button-like process

on the end of a short cone. The snout (PI. YI. fig. 1) had

the ordinary truncate anterior border without a trace of eyes,

but on the dorsum a cephalic ridge extended along the

median liue and terminated posteriorly in a pointed process

like an adnate tentacle about the line of the third feet. The

body presented the normal outline, and when complete

probably had about one hundred segments, the number

given by Malmgren for the northern species.

In the anterior third of the body a transverse section

presents well-developed cuticle and hypoderm, the latter

especially being thick in the lateral processes and on the

ventral surface external to and at the sides of the nerve-

cords. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are of average size,

and the inner ends are slightly tapered as they approach the

middle line above the dorsal blood-vessel. The ventral

longitudinal muscles, which occupy a limited elliptical area,

are also of average bulk, and in section show vertically

curved fasciculi externally and nearly horizontal fasciculi

internally. In this region a powerful series of fibres passes

from the dorsum about the middle of the longitudinal

muscle, which is pierced, to the mid-ventral surface, probably

Op. cit. pp. 60 & 61.

81

Gutty Marine Laboratory ) St. Andrews .

in connection with the proboscis, which forms a compara-

tively large and thick-walled organ with a foliate arrange-

ment of its mucous lining ; au external coat of longitudinal

and an internal layer of circular muscular fibres, besides the

external sheath, are present. The mid-dorsal and mid- ventral

vascular trunks are large, the latter lying between the ventral

ends of the strong oblique muscles, which are inserted over

the neural canals, which are large and situated at the upper

border of the nerve-area, the rest of the area being hypo-

dermic.

The first foot in a Canadian example (PL YI. fig. 2) is

minute and consists of a fan-shaped dorsal lamella and a

smaller ventral one of ovoid outline, one side forming the

adherent base. In front of the dorsal lamella is a group of

strong tapering bristles, with a basal curvature and a very

finely tapered tip, the centre of each being minutely granular,

whilst the slender tip is homogeneous. The ventral tuft is

composed of bristles almost straight, but having as finely-

tapered tips. No wings could be defined in the bristles of

this foot, and the tufts were nearly equal in size.

In the second foot of the Canadian form (PL VI. fig. 3)

the dorsal lamella has become broadly lanceolate, its lower

border being bluntly round, the upper somewhat pointed.

The ventral lobe is elongate-ovoid, with the free end pointing

downward. The curvature of the dorsal bristles is less

marked, the centre of the shaft is less distinctly granular, and

there is a barely visible trace of a wing. The ventral bristles,

on the other hand, are more evidently curved, are larger, and

of two kinds — longer, curved, finely tapered forms, with

minute granules in the shaft, and a finely tapered tip,

without wings ; and shorter bristles, with translucent shafts,

narrow wings, and finely tapered tips.

The third foot of the Canadian form has a considerably

larger dorsal lamella, and has the pinnate process in front,

but it carries no branchia, The next two feet (fourth and

fifth), however, bear well-developed branchiae (PL VI. fig. 4),

that following (sixth) having a conspicuous dorsal lamella

and a pinnate process on each side. In the succeeding feet

the dorsal lamella gradually diminishes, so that at the fourth

from the posterior pinnate process both lamellae are much

reduced, and the capillary bristles thus rendered conspicuous.

Posteriorly the lobes of the feet diminish greatly, whilst the

dorsal bristles become longer and so slender as to be hair-

like. Ventrallv hooks take the place of the inferior bristles

from the fifteenth foot backward. In this form the pinnate

or papillose cirri (PL VI. fig. 1, t.) were sparsely covered

Ann. iSc May. N, Hist. JSer. 8, Vol, xiii. 0

82

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

by the somewhat long clavate papillse, which became shorter

and ceased about the commencement of the distal third of

the process, and thus contrasted with conditions in the

Prionospio plumosa of Sars. The dorsal bristles consisted of

winged forms (Pl. VI. fig. 5) and of others in which the wing

was not distinct, but wrhich had the axis granular and so

arranged in some as to give a transversely barred appearance

(PI. VI. fig. 6) . In the middle of the body the ventral hooks,

besides a few very slender capillary forms, had at the ventral

edge a single strong curved bristle (PI. VI. fig. 7). The

hooks were rather slender and long, with a main fang and

two or three teeth above it in a lateral view (PI. VI. tig. 8).

The branchia is apparently broader than Malmgren’s

figure would indicate, and broader than the form described

by Sars or in that from the ‘ Valorous/ but it is less elon-

gate than that of the British form, the Prionospio malmyreni

of Claparede.

Lately Mr. R. Southern, who is doing so much good work

amongst the Irish Annelids, procured in a tow-net attached to

the trawl off Balbriggan, and also on muddy ground at various

parts of the Irish coast, small specimens of a Prionospio ,

two of which he kindly sent me. He refers to this form as

Prionospio steenstrupi, Malmgren *, but it agrees rather with

the form described by Claparede* as P. malmyreni.

The minuteness of the preserved specimens made it difficult

to determine the presence or absence of a cephalic ridge ;

but, so far as could be seen, it was indicated. The head termi-

nates anteriorly in a truncated snout, with four eyes — two

rounded, anterior, composed of several crystalline spheres

and dark pigment, and after an interval two elongated or

kidney-shaped masses of pigment. This form is thus in

contrast with the Canadian, in almost every example of

which, as mentioned, the extruded proboscis had distorted

the snout. The proboscis in the latter had a slightly tapered

basal process with a button-like tip. A prominent cephalic

ridge occupied the centre of the dorsum, and terminated

posteriorly in a pointed process like an adnate tentacle. It

closely agrees, however, with P. malmyreni of Claparede.

The body is elongated, resembling posteriorly that of a

small Nereid, but anteriorly characteristically enlarged and

gently tapering posteriorly to the vent, which has two cirri.

Claparede’s examples were all small, viz. 11-12 mm., yet

the females were mature, a bunch of orange ova occurring on

each side of the intestine behind the fifteenth segment.

* Annel. Clietop. Napoli, p, 333, pl. xxii. fig. 3.

83

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews,

In his original description Malmgren describes tlie branchiae

as four pairs, the basal region of the long tapering forms as

pinnate, the distal as filiform (referring to the elongate

pinnate organs of the front and rear of the anterior region).

He, however, observes that these are longer than the branchiae

of his second and third segments (for he apparently over-

looked the minute anterior feet), yet he does not differentiate

these from the dorsal lamellae of the feet, which are truly

lanceolate, whilst the true branchiae, which he apparently

represents in his fig. 55 A, Taf. x-, are broadly strap-shaped,

only a little tapered at the tip, which ends in a conical

process or mucro. Moreover, they are closely striated trans-

versely and richly ciliated, whereas the pinnate processes and

the lamellae of the feet are not. Claparede, again, expressed

doubt as to the actual number of branchiae, from the facility

with which these delicate organs break off. He, however,

considered the pinnate cirri as branchiae, though he found no

cilia on them. In his figure (pi. xxii. fig. 3) none of the

ligulate (true) branchiae are shown, and the position of the

posterior pair of the pinnate cirri is faulty.

In the first foot the dorsal and ventral lamellae are rounded

and rudimentary, and the tufts of bristles small ; moreover,

the granular condition of the axis of the bristle was not made

out. The second foot has the dorsal lamella of a lanceolate

outline, whilst the ventral is rounded. Both dorsal aud

ventral bristles showed a granular condition of the axis, so

that it (axis) appeared to have minute transverse bars in the

centre (PI. VI. fig. 6).

In the third, fourth, and fifth feet the dorsal lamella

largely increases in size as a broadly lanceolate process, but

in the third and fourth it is considerably less than the

elongate branchia which forms a conspicuous process on the

inner side of each, and readily distinguished by the trans-

verse lines. These branchiae are much longer than those in

the Canadian form, and the tip differs in its tapered con-

dition. They are also proportionally larger and longer than

in the P, plurnosa of Sars. The first ten segments are con-

spicuously bristled, the strongly curved dorsal and ventral

bristles projecting laterally in front of the lamellae. The

eleventh has more slender capillary bristles, Claparede

stated that the hooks commenced on the fifteenth segment,

but Mr. Southern described them on the twelfth bristled

segment. When this feature was examined the specimens

were much injured, so that exactitude was not possible,

They seemed to begin about the fourteenth or fifteenth.

The three forms mentioned above, vijs., Malmgren’s, Sara's,

fi*

84

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

and Claparede’s, have each distinctive features, yet some of

these may be due to imperfections in observation and to

variation. Certainly the bristles and books are very similar.

The occurrence of mature females in Claparede’s small form,

also recently procured by Mr. Southern, may be connected

with racial distinctions. Moreover, the inconspicuous

cephalic ridge and the presence of eyes in it, and their

absence in Malmgren’s form, is another source of dubiety.

The Canadian, the Arctic examples procured by the ‘ Valo-

rous/ and the P. plumosa of Sars all present such a ridge,

and it is possible Malmgren may have overlooked it, since

in some it is inconspicuous.

:(3) On the British Ampbictenidae.

The British Amphictenidae comprised but two species

in Dr. Johnston’s ‘ Catalogue of Worms in the British

Museum/ viz. Pectinaria helgica, Pallas, and P. granulata , L.

— Amphictene auricoma, O. F. Muller. The latter species

and Lagis koreni, Malmgren, again, were the only forms

entered in the ‘Fauna of Plymouth'’ (1904), but Mr. Craw-

shay in 1912 added a third, viz., Petta pusilla, Malmgren.

Two species occur in Mr. Southern’s ‘Annelids of Dublin

Bay/ viz., those mentioned by Dr. Johnston.

The first species is Pectinaria helgica, Pallas, from various

parts of the English, Scotch, and Irish coasts.

The crowm in this species has ten to fourteen paleolae, which

are broader than those of Lagis koreni , and, as P. helgica is

often larger, they are stronger and more individualized, but

their curves are similar, the convexity being ventral. They

dilate a little above the base, and then taper to a very delicate

hair-like tip, which, from the lines -at its sides, would seem to

indicate relationship with a winged bristle. Friction, how-

over, removes the delicate extremity in some. The outer

paleola is shorter than the adjoining one, whilst the two

inner appear also to be smaller in most examples. In the

largest example from British waters in my collection, viz.

from Loch Linnhe, fourteen paleolae occurred on the left and

ten on the right. Above the paleolae is the tough, firm, and

slightly corrugated surface of the crown, which has a pro-

portionally broader rim than in L. koreni. Having reached

its greatest diameter laterally, it curves ventrally a little

within the edge of the paleolae, and ends at the long anterior

cirrus. The margin dorsally and laterally is smooth, but on

the ventral curve to the paleolae it has one or two small

papillae.

85

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

After the cirrus the edge slopes backward to form the

pillars at the sides of the mouth.

The veil is more restricted than in any of the allied forms,

and its outline is fan-shaped, the anterior edge having ten

or eleven rather large tapered papillae or fimbriae, the edges

a few others as they pass to the anterior region of the mouth.

The tentacles arise on each side immediately behind the

veil, and form a considerable lateral group on each side.

They have the usual shape, and the extremities in the pre-

parations, as in life, are often clavate. Numerous smaller

forms occur posteriorly, and all are attached to a surface

continuous with and forming part of the veil, and thus are

in front of the mouth dorsally. The small lateral fold of the

veil to a certain extent forms a guard antero-laterally. A

broad fillet occurs on each side of the mouth posteriorly, and

a median fold completes it behind.

The second cirrus arises laterally a little behind the margin

of the crown, and is a long subulate tapering organ. A

ridge passes ventrally from it on each side, meeting its fellow

in the middle line behind the mouth, and may be taken to

represent a segment. The next two are branchial segments,

each having the typical branchia of the group, viz. a series

of flat lamellae largest internally and diminishing externally,

attached to the basal and posterior stem. The second is

smaller, but of similar structure. These two segments are

glandular ventrally, and in the centre of each is a median

fold or boss.

The next region of the body, which is smoothly rounded

dorsally, flattened and grooved ventrally, consists of three

bristled segments devoid of hooks. The first two are highly

glandular ventrally from side to side, and with the median

fold, whilst the third is apparently only partly so, being con-

tinued ventrally as a transversely folded band with a slight

median differentiation. The bristles, in these are typical,

viz., strong bristles with tapering tips, which show traces

of wings, and those with the spear-head dilatation and the

long hair-like tips, the edge being serrated.

The succeeding region of the body still remains smoothly

rounded dorsally, but ventrally it has throughout the five

or six anterior segments a fusiform area in the centre —

apparently a special glandular region. At each side ventrally

in a line with the lamellae is a short glandular patch, which

diminishes as the segments go backward. The ventral sur-

face generally is flattened and grooved posteriorly. This

region has fourteen pairs of dorsal bristle-bundles attached

to the dorsal edges of the lamellae bearing the rows of hooks.

86

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

The bristle-tufts have stout simple forms with tapering tips,

which have traces of wings, besides those with spear-shaped

dilatations, serrated edges, and long tapering tips. Toe tufts

are smaller posteriorly, but do not differ in structure.

Each of the hooks presents seven teeth below the crown,

then follows a process with minute teeth, the trend of which

is from above obliquely outward, whilst its prow inferiorly

is bluntly conical. The shaft of the hook is short.

The caudal process is tortoise-shaped, and usually bent at

more than a right angle to the dorsum, thus making a small

angle with the ventral surface. The rudimentary feet pass

obliquely upward to the dorsal keel, toward the end of which

is, on each side, a considerable row of caudal hooks. The

dorsal surface of the process is flatter than in allied forms, a

median keel and symmetrically arranged transverse ridges

being on this surface. The rim is not much elevated, and

has two notches beyond the hooks, and in some a minute

papilla or two. The caudal hooks differ from those of

any other form, having a comparatively straight shaft,

which tapers toward the neck, then the neck bends a little

backward and gently forward at the tip so as to form a

strong point. As in other forms, the shaft is longitudinally

striated.

The tube is large, nearly straight, and tapered to a small

extremity. Moreover, it is lined in some by a comparatively

thick internal membrane, which readily separates from

the firm wall in the preparations. Its masonry, as a rule,

differs from that of Lagis or Amphictene in so far as the

grains are smaller, and, even though in some the surface is

rendered irregular by projecting larger grains, the general

effect is characteristic. Typical examples on sandy ground

are smooth and finely grained, no separate joints being

distinguishable.

The second form is Amphictene auricoma, O. F. Muller,

which is generally distributed all round the British coasts on

sandy ground. The crown in this species bears from eleven

to thirteen paleolae, which, in well-preserved examples, are so

brittle that few can be removed entire. They are flattened

golden bristles, which are a little narrowed at the base,

remain of uniform diameter for some distance, and then

taper to a fine point, which is either slightly curved or

boldly bent round like a hook, thus differing, for instance,

from those of Lagis koreni, which are coiled after the

manner of a watch-spring. The dorsal collar at the margin

of the flattened scabrous area above the paleolae is cut into

87

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

rather long fimbriae, with a broad base and a tapered tip, the

latter, however, not being acute ; and the collar runs ventro-

laterally almost to the base of the anterior cirrus or tentacle,

after the maimer of Lagis koreni. The cirrus is of average

length, and is tapered from base to apex. From its base a

ridge passes obliquely backward and inward on each side

to the mouth. The great length of the rim of the dorsal

scabrous plate circumscribes the area of the veil, which is

the smallest yet observed ; but its disposition is similar, for

it has a slight ventral fold on each side to aid in guarding the

tentacles. The anterior or free edge is fringed with com-

paratively long subulate fimbriae. The tentacles are perhaps

less numerous than in allied forms, but their structure is the

same, the distal ends being often flattened and with a median

groove joining that proceeding along the column.

The folds at the sides of and behind the mouth in the

main agree with those of other species.

The second cirrus or tentacle arises on the dorsal edge of

a glandular ridge, which ventralwards presents two divisions,

viz. an outer transversely elongated rounded eminence, and

a larger inner ridge which passes with slight obliquity to a

median division. In front of this prominent ridge are two

or three minor ones, the grooves of which converge toward

the mouth. From the dorsal edge of the cirrus a small

ridge runs dorsally, but soon disappears behind the fimbriated

rim of the scabrous region.

The branchiae occupy a similar position to those of Lagis

koreni, but are specially modified, in so far as the lamellae of

the first branchia are proportionally larger — both broader

and longer — and the basal axis to which they are attached is

shorter. Thus, the apparatus is more fan-shaped and less

like the scorpioidal cyme. As in Lagis, the larger lamellae

are internal, and they gradually diminish to the small ex-

ternal end. The second branchia is considerably less in all

its parts, but it has the same abbreviation of the basal axis

or stem.

The first branchia would appear to belong to the segment

behind the second long cirrus, which sends a prominent

glandular ridge to the mid-ventral line. The second pertains

to the ridge immediately behind, which also passes to

the mid-ventral line, where, as in the previous form, a

separate shield occurs. It is further distinguished by a

considerable flattened glandular lobe which immediately

follows the branchia, and which would apparently act as a

guard to the first branchia.

88

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

So far as these parts show, three segments would thus

seem to pertain to the collar-region, viz. that of the second

long cirrus and the two branchial segments.

The next region of the body consists of three bristled seg-

ments, devoid of hooks as in allied forms. The appearance

of these, however, suggests a subdivision, for the two anterior

have the thick glandular ridges, the first with a single central

division and the second with two central divisions; whereas

the third has only a long, slender, non-glandular ridge, as in

those which follow. This region appears to be, on the whole,

considerably foreshortened in contrast with Lagis. The

first two tufts are very small, and they arise from the non-

glandular or dorsal part of the ridge. The third is consider-

ably larger, and is usually closely applied to the surface of

the dorso-lateral region. Each tuft has the stout, tapering,

simple bristles with traces of wings distally below the

tapered point, and all have, in addition, a few in which the

spear-like dilatation at the tip is present, with its tapering

hair-like point and serrated edge. All these bristles have a

peculiar ring-like dilatation at the base.

The third region is characterised by the great development

of the lateral lamellae for the hooks, as well as for the long

and powerful bristles at the dorsal edge. All the latter are

very powerful anteriorly, dilating from the base upward

until full diameter is attained, and then tapering to a delicate

hair-like tip. Besides these are the bristles with the spear-

shaped enlargement and the finely tapered tips, the shafts

being also robust. The posterior bristles are considerably

smaller, but they keep to the same type, those vitli the

spear-shaped tips being proportionally longer.

The caudal hooks are situated on each side of a small keel

(notched at its free end), which marks the median dorsal

region of the caudal appendage. They are distinguished by

their comparatively great length and straightness, by the

rapid diminution at the neck, and by the abrupt curve and

sharp condition of the hook at the tip. Tlie edge of the

process is deeply and symmetrically notched, usually curved

ventrally, and the dorsal lip of the vent is prolonged as a

somewhat flattened conical process, with a dorsal papilla on

its surface, which curves beyond the split ventral lip. The

dorsal surface of the process is concave, forming a deep

groove, whilst the ventral is convex and grooved by oblique

furrows directed outward and backward. It seems to be

easily regenerated, even before the bristled segments neces-

sary to complete the series are formed, and thus some

examples are peculiarly short and broad, the tapered posterior

Gaity Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews. 89

region of the body not yet having been reproduced, whilst

the caudal process is fully developed.

The lamellar hooks have six teeth from the crown down-

ward, then a finely spinous process (like a large tooth with

serrations), below which is a notch directed upward, and,

lastly, the rounded prow, which is nearly in a line with the

face of the hook. The shaft of the hook is short and

comparatively broad.

The tube is gently curved and finely tapered, especially

in the smaller specimens, and composed of fine sand-

grains neatly cemented together, the tubes of young forms

especially having very minute grains. In the ‘Porcupine5

Expedition of 1869 empty tubes apparently of this species

w7ere formed of transversely arranged and neatly cemented

sponge-spicules. In specimens from deep water, 80-130

fathoms, in Hardanger Fjord and off Leavig in Norway the

tubes at first formed of fine sand-grains were for some

distance afterwards formed of sponge-spicules placed trans-

versely.

In extremities a Nemertean (one of the Aopla) w ill occa-

sionally thrust itself in the mouth of the tube, driving the

annelid before it and compressing it in the posterior region

of the tube.

The third species, Lagis koreni , Malmgren, has often been

mistaken for Pectinaria belgica. In this generally distributed

form the head is provided with a transverse series of fifteen

lustrous golden paleolae on each side. Each is a flattened,

hollow, chitinous process tapering to a delicate tip, which is

always more or less curved toward the dorsum, the con-

cavity of the curve or coil being minutely crenulate, as if

from a thinner tissue on that side. Moreover, the point of

those in the middle of the series is continued as a long and

delicate process — generally coiled. The outer in each series

is short, broad at the base, and with a long tapering tip —

not coiled. The paleolae are finely striated longitudinally,

and also marked by transverse lines. The second external

paleola has its transverse lines arranged in distinct ringed

belts, and not scattered indiscriminately. In viewing the

paleoke of each side as a whole, the distal curve of the outer

forms is more marked than that of the inner forms, and the

inner are deeply set in the tissues and moved by powerful

muscles, whereas the external paleolse are less deeply im-

planted. The bases of the palcolae have a slight obliquity,

being directed downward and outward on each side. In

transverse section the flattened hollow condition of the

palcolcC is apparent. Moreover, they become much thinner

90

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

and more flattened toward the base. They are hard, though

somewhat brittle, and the edge of the razor is often notched

in making the sections.

The dorsal or anterior edge above the paleolse is smooth,

firm, and somewhat hollow, with a marginal rim which

forms more than a semicircle externally, and ends in a

subulate tentacle ventrally. A notch separates the latter

from the veil or frilled membrane to the ventral surface of

the paleolse, and the edges of the muscular membrane bear

a series of long papillae or fimbriae. This membrane is not

attached directly to the ventral edge of the rows of paleolse,

a firm transversely elongated area occurring at their base.

Below and attached to the foregoing veil is a dense series

of tentacles on each side of the mouth, which has a dorsal

fold in the middle line and a transverse one behind it. In

the median line ventrally is a large central boss, and on each

side is a fillet continued upward by a ridge to the long lateral

cirrus in front of the branchise. The cirrus is crenulate,

with a broad base which tapers by and by to a long slender

process with a slightly bulbous tip. In structure this shows

externally the cuticle and hypoderm with fibrillation, whilst

internally it has granules of various sizes — probably hypo-

dermic. It may be penetrated by the perivisceral fluid. In

life, this and the anterior cirrus or tentacle move a little to

and fro, or the tips are coiled and waved.

When withdrawing itself into the tube the two rows

of golden bristles slightly and symmetrically overlap, for

they can both be separated and approximated, and the firm

smooth area adjoining forms a platform, the whole per-

forming the part of an operculum.

The tentacles constitute a dense mass, each marked by a

longitudinal groove, the red blood-vessel running in the middle

line, the blood now flowing distally and again proximally

in the same vessel. They are mobile organs and undergo

constant contractions and elongations, the tip being often

clavate or spathulate. The grooved surface of the tentacle

is minutely tuberculated toward the tip, probably in con-

nection with its functions in building the tube — indeed, such

elevations may perform the part of minute suckers. The blood

seems to flow to the tip of the organ, which becomes deep red,

remains there for a little, and then is sent backward. A

single blood-vessel apparently with similar action occurs in

the long cirri.

The body is from 1^ to 2 in. in length, gently tapered to

a comparatively broad tail, which has the anal appendix

passing off at an angle posteriorly. It is rounded dorsallv,

91

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

flattened and somewhat grooved ventrally, whilst in series

from front to rear are the branchiae immediately behind the

long cirrus, a segment without bristles, and fifteen bristle-

tufts, with lamellae for the hooks from the fourth bristle-

tuft backward — or twelve in all.

The general hue of the dorsum is brownish pink, the

dorsal blood-vessel and the gills being deep red. The first

three body-segments have numerous brown specks (eyes?)

on their posterior edges. The tentacles are dull pinkish in

mass. The caudal process is slightly yellowish. The intes-

tine shines through the translucent iridescent skin as pale

brownish, and a large blood-vessel is attached to it dorsally

below the more slender median dorsal trunk. This large

trunk appears to end in the deep opaque reddish mass below

the median fillet of the second bristled segment. The

median dorsal (superficial) trunk commences at the tail,

wdiereas the larger and deeper trunk on the gut appears

about the third hook-pad posteriorly, and the blood comes

from below\ The former contracts from behind forward,

squeezing the vessel into a pale thread. The entire skin is

minutely reticulated with minute red^ blood-vessels. On

the ventral surface is a lateral trunk on each side, which

carries the blood backward, and w^hich appears to form the

dorsal. The caudal process has pale papillae along its sides.

The branchiae are usually two in number, though occasion-

ally the posterior on one side is absent. The anterior lies

immediately behind the long lateral cirrus and has the form

of a coiled process placed transversely, to which are attached

many membranous leaf-like plates, which gradually diminish

in size toward the tip, the whole somewhat resembling the

autenna of a lamellicorn beetle or the scorpoid cyme o£

Forget-me-not or Forage. With the leaflets crowded so

thickly, the coiling of the axis and the diminution of the

lamellae at the tip present special advantage for aeration.

The second branchia arises from the dorsal edge of the

segment-ridge behind the former, and its structure is the

same. The organs are firmly attached to the skin, and in

softened examples are removed with it. In life the bright

red branchiae are most sensitive organs — now being gently

extended so as to expose each lamella separately to the

water, and again abiuptly contracted into a mass.

Dorsally segmentation is less evident, but on the ventral

surface the median and lateral ridges give more definition

in this respect. A flat papilla, from which a ridge and

groove run to the mouth, lies within the long cirrus behind

the veil. Then a forward median fold behind the mouth is

92

Prof. M£ In tosh’s Notes from the

continued laterally to the first branchia. This is followed

by another median elevation or boss with a ridge on each

side to the second branchia. The parts, however, vary much

according to the degree of contraction or extension, the first-

mentioned median fold in extension becomes a boss, in front

of which a groove with a fillet at each side passes to the

mouth. Behind the second branchial ridge is a distinct and

longer one on each side of a median elevation, and ter-

minating laterally in the first bristle-papilla. The bristle-

tufts are directed upward and backward, commencing with

three smaller tufts, the first two of which spring from the

outer ends of ventral ridges connected with median eleva-

tions, whilst the third has only a lateral lamella. No hooks

occur on these anterior feet. The fourth foot presents a

large lamella and stronger bristles, and the five or six

following have also strong bristles, after which they

diminish to the last, which are minute — that is, not half

the size of the first tuft. The structure of all these tufts

of somewhat brittle bristles is the same, though the

anterior and especially the posterior show certain modifi-

cations. Each has two kinds of stout bristles, viz. (1) that

in which the strong shaft, after widening a little above the

base, tapers gradually to a somewhat rigid sharp tip, and

(2) a shorter series in which the stout shaft tapers to the

commencement of the translucent terminal portion, where

a rudimentary double wing appears, and then it dilates into

a flattened spear-head tapered to a fine point. The broad

flattened tip is marked by fine striae directed distally. The

serrations are large at the base of the terminal region,

rapidly become finer, then indistinct, and, finally, leave the

delicate hair-like tip smooth. The shafts of all are striated

longitudinally, and are also crossed at intervals by trans-

verse bars, which, however, do not affect the outline. In

the first tuft of bristles the two kinds are more nearly of

equal length, and in the last tuft the tips of the simple

forms are more gently tapered as well as often fractured ;

whilst the great length and tenuity of the tips of the

second type cause them almost to equal the length of

the stronger. In transverse section these bristles are

rounded (not circular).

The hooks have a short horizontal shaft, a gentle curve,

six teeth along the front edge in lateral view, then a broader

part which, at first sight, looks like a seventh tooth, but

which really is a series of more minute teeth, as in the

typical Pectinaria belgica , then the keel below shows a

convexity, a hollow, and a small knob at the edge.

93

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

The caudal process recalls the condition in the Opheliidse

just as the head, buccal region, and the first body-region

do those of the Hermellidae. Two segments without bristles

follow the last bristle-bundles, and then a constriction, the

anal process sharply curving ventrally thereafter. In out-

line it is Mysostomum- shaped, having a convex obliquely

striated ventral surface and a concave transversely striated

dorsal surface, like a sucker, surrounded by a rim which is

notched and papillose, and terminating d is tally in a differ-

entiated flap ventral to the anus, and another freely movable

flap of the same length dorsally. At the origin of the caudal

process three or four hooks occur on each side of the median

dorsal groove. They have short, stout, striated shafts and

acutely curved tips, a few transverse striae also being present

here and there on the shaft, especially at the base. One or

two developing forms accompany the former.

In a small variety from Norway (dredged by Canon

Norman) the dorsal flap has a distinctly papillose margin,

a condition also seen in those from Naples.

The anal funnel is, when the animal is removed from the

tube, carried at an angle, usually greater than a right angle,

to the caudal region, is rounded ventrally, flattened dorsally,

and with a spathulate valve hinged dorsally at the tip. The

dorsal edges of the process are somewhat scalloped at the

base, one deep fissure being present, and each edge has four

small clavate papillae. The dorsal surface of the organ is

often expanded into a wide sucker with an obliquely ridged

centre and a free crenated edge. The apparatus would seem

to act as a powerful ejector.

The tubes of the Neapolitan examples (P ectinaria neapoli -

tana ) are remarkable for their coarseness and dark colour,

from the number of black sand-grains intermingled with

brown, yellow, and white. The sand in the intestines of the

specimens is equally dark. The tube, again, of a small

variety from Norway, Lophohelia-gvomid., Drbbak, 6-14 fatli.

(Canon Norman), is formed of comparatively coarse frag-

ments— almost as coarse as those of Vetia pusilla.

Young examples, apparently of this form, occur frequently

in the bottom nets at the end of June and in July in St.

Andrews Bay. They occupy little transparent tubes, about

1 mm. in length, nearly straight and tapered posteriorly,

both ends being open. This tube is composed solely of

secretion, and mimics the adult tube of sand-grains. The

posterior end of the tube presents a clear transparent

margin, then a granular belt, which is followed by somewhat

smaller reticulations than in front. The tube is further

94

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

chambered by a series of larger reticulations, which cause

it to resemble crocodile leather. An account of this form

was given by Dr. Erik Nordenskiold.

The fourth species, Petta piisilla, Malmgren, frequents, as

a rule, deep water off the English, Scottish, and Irish coasts.

The crown has eleven paleolse on each side with a pale base,

which is expanded at the end; the shaft being flattened,

little dilated, and then tapered to a blunt (rounded) point.

In developing paleolse a translucent process passes from the

blunt tip. The blunt points of these and the coarser nature

of the tube, as compared with Lagis koreni, are interesting.

The upper area obliquely slopes backward and has a smooth

edge without a rim. It extends to the ventral edge of the

paleohe, where it ends at the anterior cirrus, a smooth area

occurring below the paleohe — that is, between them and the

veil. This process is clearly a development of the flattened

area of the crown, and is independent of the veil. The

latter has a high arch and a smooth border, but in two

examples the highest point of the arch had three papillae

close to each other, the rest of the margin being quite

smooth. The veil is of moderate breadth, is attached to

the roof of the oral region, and gives origin to the

tentacles, which form the usual lateral groups and have the

typical structure.

Prom the second cirrus a ridge passes, as in other forms,

ventrally on each side. In this species the anterior margin

is 4- or 5-dentate, whilst in the centre is a deep hiatus.

In small examples the processes are slender tapering papillae.

The branchiae on the next two segments are typical.

The second region corresponds with that in other forms,

viz. has more slender bristles in smaller tufts than the suc-

ceeding. Their structure, however, including the poste-

rior series, corresponds with the type common to all. The

stout simple bristles are tapered distally and have traces of

wings ; and the others have a spear-head enlargement at the

end of the shaft and a tapering tip, but the enlargement is

proportionally broader and the tapered tip shorter than in

allied forms. In the posterior region the fourteen pairs of

bristle-bundles exhibit a gradation from the anterior to the

posterior extremity. Moreover, the region is only a little

tapered posteriorly, the termination being comparatively

broad. In consequence, the caudal appendix projects little

ventrally from the truncated end of the body, the last foot

being modified into a rounded flattened lobe projecting

beyond the truncated surface and with a subulate cirrus at

its extremity. Moreover, the somewhat long row of caudal

95

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews .

Looks is intimately associated with its dorsal edge. No

other hook or bristle is connected with it.

The dense rows of hooks are situated on the edge of the

prominent lamellae. Each has a short base or shaft and a

well-marked rounded crown, with a smaller and a larger

facing beneath, the curve below the latter sloping to a

modified tooth with a spinous edge, then a gulf below and

a rounded prow, the basal line being slightly sinuous.

The caudal appendix (scapha) presents dorsally an almost

evenly truncated edge in a line with the general surface, the

margin, however, being minutely crenulate and projecting a

little beyond the dorsal surface of the appendix. Then

follows the line of caudal hooks which abut at their ventral

edge on the rounded and flattened lamella with the cirrus.

A notch separates the ventral edge of the lamella from a

series of four fimbriae between it and the vent, the lower

edge of which is crenate with a subulate median cirrus.

Nilsson * has recently shown the structure of the eyes of

this organ.

The caudal hooks are slightly narrowed at the base of the

striated shaft, then dilate, continue for some distance wTith

nearly parallel sides, diminish toward the neck, and end in

a slight curvature at the point, which is somewhat blunt,

probably from friction.

The tube is slightly curved, and in Malmgren’s examples

was composed of minute shells, viz. Rissoa striata and Bulla

truncata. Tubes from the coast of Kerry are composed of

comparatively large fragments of shells and stones and a

minute Rissoa . Those from 422 fathoms off Ireland in the

‘ Porcupine' Expedition of 1869 were formed of proportion-

ally large translucent grains of quartz with here and there

a yellow and black grain of other material. One fragment

is composed of Foraminifera with a few grains of sand, but

its identity is uncertain. A tube from 567 fathoms in the

Atlantic, in the 4 Porcupine ' Expedition of 1870, presents

a uniform series of dull yellow grains throughout. The

rounded and comparatively large yellow stones forming a

tube from a depth of 52 \ fathoms (log 33) off the south-

west of Ireland are noteworthy.

Mr.Crawshay thinks Gemmill's record is the first in Britain,

but such is not the case.

* Beitriige Nervenayst. Polvch. Zool. Bidrag- Uppsala, Bd. i. p. 137

(1912).

9(3

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

4, On the British Ampharetidae.

No example of the Ampharetidse was entered in Dr. John-

ston’s Catalogue in 1865 ; two, viz. Melinna adriatica ,

Marenzeller, and Amphideis curvipalea , Claparede = A.

gunneri , Sars, appeared in the Plymouth Catalogue in 1904;

whilst a single species, Ampharete grubei , Malmgren, occurs

in Mr. Southern’s f Annelids of Dublin Bay/

The first species is Ampharete grubei , Malmgren, from

English, Scotch, and Irish areas, generally in water of some

depth (10-100 fathoms), though it occurs between tide-

marks on the shores of France. This form reaches nearly

an inch in length in spirit, and is slightly tapered anteriorly,

the bristled region of fourteen segments being narrowed

both anteriorly and posteriorly, and terminating in the

narrower uncinigerous region of twelve segments, the

caudal extremity having a series of slender filiform cirri.

Generally speaking, the segments of the anterior region

are narrow, those of the posterior region are wider. The

terminal segment is comparatively small, and the filiform

tapering cirri, which Malmgren says are twenty in number,

seem to surround the vent. The body is somewhat smoothly

rounded dorsally, flattened and marked by a median band

ventrally.

The cephalic lobe is, as Fauvel describes, more or less

pentagonal, the two anterior lines of the pentagon sloping

obliquely forward and inward so as to make a blunt cone.

At the posterior border of this region is on each side a

minute eye, generally indistinct in spirit-preparations.

The buccal segment is narrow and bears interiorly the

buccal tentacles, which Fauvel frequently found in life in

the mouth. The tentacles taper from base to apex, wdiich

in the preparations is often slightly enlarged. The base of

each is smooth, the small papillae appearing laterally and

increasing in length in the slender distal region of the organ,

the tip, however, being bare. A typical papilla is a trans-

lucent cylindrical process of the hypoderm covered with

cuticle, and having microscopic palpocils at the tip, the

space between the rows of papillae being ciliated, -whilst

the convex dorsal surface has palpocils, and their cavities

communicate with the coelomic space (Fauvel). In struc-

ture these papillae thus differ from those of Sabellides , which

have the internal axis.

The mouth has, when closed, a puckered margin with

97

Gatty Marine Laboratory } St. Andrews.

a conical anterior fold, the tentacles with their plate of

insertion being drawn inward, the parts in the respective

conditions being clearly shown in FauveFs figures *. Some

preparations thus show an outer and an inner folded collar.

The second segment is short and devoid of processes.

The third bears dorsally the fan of flattened paleae, and

with the next segment (Fauvel) the four branchiae on each

side. The paleae form a more or less horizontal fan with

the longer bristles internal, the shorter external. Each of

the larger paleae has a flattened finely striated shaft and a

tapered tip with a granular interior and a slender curved

tip ending in a fine point, the same minutely granular

aspect being present in it as in the region below. The

concave edge of the distal curve is crenulated, after the

manner of similar structures in the Amphictenidae.

The branchiae are smooth or slightly crenulate tapering

organs of a greenish hue, which arise three in a transverse

row on the third segment and the fourth behind the middle

one of the row.

The anterior region is distinguished by the ventral

glandular belts and by the presence of fourteen setigerous

lamellae and fourteen lamellae for the hooks. Whilst two

or three of the anterior lamellae for the bristles are smaller,

the typical process is somewhat flattened and carries the

row of bristles more or less vertically, the longer and

stronger bristles being dorsal, the somewhat shorter ventral.

Each bristle has a bulb at its origin, then the shaft dilates

a little, remains of equal diameter for some distance, then

shows a slight curvature at the commencement of the tip,

which has wings and tapers to a hair-like point. About

eight of the stronger forms are present in each tuft, besides

a series apparently of developing forms, the slender tips of

which project between the others at the level of the skin.

A tendency of the upper tips to bend downward and of the

inferior upward is often apparent.

The lamellae or ridges for the hooks lie ventralwards of

the bristles and anteriorly form ridges with an even margin,

but by and by a papilla appears at the dorsal edge and forms

toward the end of the region a cirrus with a slender tapering

extremity, not shown by Fauvel. The anterior hooks differ

from the outlines of Fauvel, having a broader body, about

six teeth, and a rounded prow of a different curvature from

that figured by the French author.

The posterior region has twelve segments and is dis-

* Op. cit. pi. xix. figs. 57 & 58.

Ann. Mag. N. Hist. Ser. b. Vol. xiii. 7

98

Prof. M'lntosli’s Notes from the

tinguished by the absence of bristles and the elongated

nature of the lamellae for the books and of the cirrus, as

well as by the great antero-posterior diameter of the seg-

ments in relation to their transverse. Each bears laterally

the slender tapering cirrus, and beneath it the small elon-

gated lamella for the hooks, which are considerably smaller

than those in front, but have a similar structure. If anything

they are shorter and broader than those of the anterior

region, and show five or six teeth and a rounded prow.

The general colour of a Zetlandic example is pale orange

anteriorly from the wall of the gut, whilst the posterior

region is pale with the brownish line of the intestine. The

processes anteriorly are of a pale amber hue.

Fauvel found gregarines in the alimentary canal. This

author's account of the external and internal structure of

Ampharete gruhei is both comprehensive and complete.

Prof. Fauvel* (1901) severely criticises the statements of

M. Cosmovici concerning the segmental organs, especially

his view that when the nephridia do not carry the repro-

ductive elements externally they do not communicate with

the coelom by a ciliated funnel, and that when present the

latter does not open into the preceding segment. Fauvel

especially quotes his observations on the nephridia of Am-

pharete grubei , in which only two pairs occur, viz., one

piercing the anterior thoracic diaphragm, the other behind

it. The former is solely excretory, the latter gives passage

to the genital products.

A careful account of the tube of this species and its

formation is given by Fauvel (1897). It is composed of

shell-fragments and secretion, and is placed vertically on the

bottom, one half with thinner walls immersed in the sand

and one part with thicker walls projecting from the surface.

The next form is Amphicteis gunner i, Sars, which ranges to

deep water off the British coasts, and in the neighbouring

Atlantic goes to 640 fathoms. In this the cephalic region is

somewhat shield-shaped dorsally with a rounded boss on each

angle anteriorly and a median groove. A prominent fillet of

the buccal segment bounds it laterally and, converging to a

median dimple, guards it posteriorly. On each side, at the

commencement of the posterior slope, is a minute eye, indis-

tinct in most spirit-preparations. A dimple in the fillet

opposite the eye-speck increases its range. Posteriorly is

the nuchal organ with pigment-specks in front. The buccal

* Ballet. Sc. France et Belgique, t. xxxvi. p. 167.

99

Gaily Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

segment lias an irregular border anteriorly, since, besides

the two lateral fillets at the cephalic plate, a narrow rim

passes in front of the mouth and a broader behind it, the

margin of the lower lip being marked by five crenations, the

three median and their four grooves being most distinct.

Projecting from the mouth are the buccal tentacles, which

are smooth. The second segment is narrower than the fore-

going, and has a nearly straight anterior margin dorsally,

whilst ventrally it is sinuous, a forward curve in the middle,

then a concavity, the lateral border again slightly curving

forward. The region containing the foregoing parts forms

a blunt cone differentiated from the succeeding, which is

wider, though the maximum transverse diameter is four or

five segments behind.

The branchiae are rather massive subulate organs spring-

ing from the third, fourth, and the anterior edge of the

fifth segment. Each has a short basal region, from which it

readily separates, and a tapering distal part ending in a

filiform tip. Two are anterior and two posterior. In the

smaller examples variation in the origin of the stems exists,

the outer anterior being sometimes nearly in a line with the

origin of the posterior pair of one side.

Behind the sixth bristled segment the body gradually

diminishes to the tail, which terminates in a median anus

with a lateral subulate cirrus on each side. The surface is

rounded and smooth dorsally, slightly flattened in front

ventrally, and marked by transverse glandular ridges, a

distinct median groove running from the middle to the tip

of the tail. The length of the body varies from 1 to more

than 2 inches.

The third segment, from its greater width and prominent

anterior border, indicates the commencement of the bristled

region. Its dorsal margin is boldly concave forward, whilst

its ventral edge is nearly straight, and there is little to

separate it ventrally from the succeeding segment. It

carries on the prominent lateral region the fan-like palese,

which are more or less horizontal — that is, the concavity of

the fan looks upward, the convexity downward, and the

longest bristles are internal and their number is from four-

teen to twenty. They are flattened golden bristles, minutely

striated longitudinally, the striae ending in granules distally,

whilst the finely tapered tip is translucent. A few trans-

verse bars occur here and there on the shaft, which dilates

from the base to the surface of the skin, and then gradually

tapers to the attenuate tip.

The anterior region has seventeen pairs of dorsal bristles,

100

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

the first two of which are small, but the rest are conspicuous

tufts projecting from setigerous processes, which when

viewed from above downward are nearly cylindrical, and

when seen antero-posteriorly are slightly tapered distally, and

have at the ventral edge of the bristle-tuft a clavate papilla

which seems to have escaped Malmgren. This clavate

papilla is less developed in front than in the posterior seti-

gerous processes, where it is much larger distally. The

bristles have straight striated shafts which dilate a little

from the base upward, continue of nearly equal diameter to

the commencement of the wings, and then curve slightly

backward and taper to a fine tip. The striae of the shaft

become oblique in the curved terminal region, and the wings

themselves are striated for some distance upward. These

bristles are evidently much used by the annelid, and the

basal striated portion of the wings is often worn. A trans-

verse ridge wdth a small dorsal cirrus curved downward

represents the dorsal division behind the foregoing and to

the tip of the tail.

The lamellae for hooks commence on the ventral surface of

the seventh segment at some distance from the setigerous

process, and at the posterior edge of the segment, wider

anteriorly and gradually diminishing. A more or less dis-

tinct ridge posteriorly connects them with the setigerous

processes. The first are small and little elevated, but they

increase in prominence, and gradually approach the seti-

gerous process, so that at the twelfth or thirteenth bristle-

bundle they are close to it, and the last is nearly as

prominent. Thereafter the uncinigerous processes form

conspicuous lamellae on each side of the posterior region to

the tail. The uncinigerous lamella has in the preparations

a slightly irregular or crenulated edge, to which the hooks

are attached, and a small lanceolate process at the dorsal

edge. The hooks have six prominent teeth, the distal region

being tapered toward the crown and the dorsal or pos-

terior outline has a marked incurvation above the base,

whilst a deep bay occurs below the lower tooth, and then a

curved prow. In the largest example (over 2 inches)

from deep water, the hooks remained true to the type, five

large upper teeth being followed by a smaller process above

the prow. Pe St. Joseph mentions seven teeth on the

anterior hooks and six on the posterior ; the anterior rows

are convex forward, but the posterior are nearly straight.

After the bristles cease a small papilla indicates the site

of the setigerous process, and the papilla by and by projects

posteriorly from a fused lamella which has a dorsal and a

101

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews .

ventral ridge, the latter being a modification of the con-

necting-ridge. The uncinigerous lamella is bi-auriculate,

and remains so to the end. The last four or five feet, how-

ever, are modified, so that only the bi-auriculate uncinigerous

process remains.

The posterior border of the caudal segment is either

arcuate or smooth, according to the condition as regards

reproduction. In those recently reproduced or in process of

reproduction, it is arcuate, but in entire examples it appears

to be smooth. The cirri are lateral in position and of con-

siderable size.

The tube is composed of mud with a lining of secretion,

and has various fragments of shells, spines of Spatangus,

sand, and minute pebbles adherent or mixed with the mud.

The inner secretion, when first exuded, and before being

coated with mud and debris, is very tough. The large

example from 640 fathoms had its tube thickly coated with

mud only. In the Irish example (S.W. Ireland, 1885) the

fragments of shells are imbedded transversely in the thick

muddy coating of the tube, giving it a heavy and dense

character. The tube is placed vertically in its native site.

An excellent description of this form is given by Fauvel

(1897) both in regard to external and internal structure.

The Amphicteis curviyalea of Claparede *, a form subse-

quently procured on the shores of France by De St. Joseph

and at Plymouth by Allen f, is, so far as can be made out

from the descriptions and an example from Plymouth kindly

sent for examination by Dr. Allen, an average specimen of

Amphicteis gunneri , and Fauvel had formerly come to the

same conclusion.

The third species is Sabellides octocirrata , Sars, procured

off the Hebrides and Ireland.

The Hebridean example is small and presents anteriorly

a bluntly conical snout, from which the tentacles have been

removed, but in the Irish specimen they are provided with

long and proportionally thick papillae or “ cilia, ” which,

however, are devoid of a central axis. The tip in the

preparation has a “ hairy ” aspect, as if from numerous

palpocils. Moreover, the papillae extend nearly to the

extremity, only a short granular portion projecting beyond

them. The size of these papillae seems to be a feature of the

species.

* Annel. Nap. Suppl. p. 132, pi. xiii. fig. 5.

t Journ. M. 13. A. N. 8. vol. viii. p. 230.

102

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

From the dorsal surface of the third segment eight some-

what stiff branchiae project forward. They are proportionally

larger than in Sabellides borealis and more finely tapered.

The body is small and slender, a little more than half an

inch in length, scarcely tapered anteriorly, with the excep-

tion of the short cone of the snout, and very gently tapered

posteriorly till near the tip, when more rapid diminution

occurs to the vent, on each side of which is a slender cirrus.

So far as can be observed, fourteen bristled segments

occur anteriorly, distinguished by the absence of the long

cirrus which occurs in the sixteen posterior segments.

The bristles are short and translucent, with slightly curved,

winged, and tapering tips, and they are borne on a prominent

setigerous process.

The anterior hooks have a rounded crown, the curve

smoothly running into the convex dorsal (or posterior)

outline, and the four teeth are characteristic, that next the

crown being the largest and the second, third, and fourth

regularly diminishing. The prow curves rather far forward

and the tip is somewhat small.

The posterior hooks are prominently situated on the edge

of the fillet, and are free distally, a space separating the

one from the other. They are very minute, and differ from

the anterior in the sinuous curve of the crown and the

slightly broader prow. They have, however, only four teeth,

as m front. The hooks in the var. mediterranea, of De St.

Joseph, unfortunately, are so indistinct in the figure that

little can be said about them, except that they have four

teeth in lateral view, a single row occurring in the thoracic

forms and a treble row in the abdominal.

The tube is a slender one to suit the small size of the

species, and coated with mud and lined by secretion.

The fourth form is Samytha sexcirrata , Sars, chiefly from

Zetlandic waters. In this the head (prostomium) forms a

somewhat broad anterior central process with a peristomial

buttress on each side. Beneath is the flap bearing ventrally

the buccal tentacles, which are smooth and somewhat

enlarged distally. The posterior lip is prominent, and passes

upward at each side as a process separated from the cephalic

border by a notch. When viewed laterally, it forms a pro-

jecting spout-shaped frill. The segment behind the buccal

has no processes. The third and fourth segments carry

dorsally the branchiae, which are three on each side and

comparatively long tapering (subulate) organs. In the

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews . 103

Canadian forms they are nearly half the length of the body

in the preparations.

Body somewhat clavate in outline, though a slight narrow-

ing occurs anteriorly from the eighth foot forward, and

behind this it diminishes to the tail, which in one presented

a thick short cirrus on one side. The dorsum is smoothly

rounded throughout, whilst the ventral surface is marked

from the mouth to the tenth bristled segment by a thickened

glandular layer in each segment. Then a groove appears

in the middle line, and is continued to the tip of the tail.

In a large example the vent presented a notch dorsally and

a crenate edge beneath, and in a perfect Canadian example

in a tube a short cirrus occurred on each side. Malmgren’s

specimens had been imperfect.

External to the branchiae is the small first setigerous

process, which bears a tuft of bristles. This and the next

two are rather dorsal than lateral, but they soon become

lateral and project from the region as long processes sloping

outward and backward.

Each bristle-tuft has a longer and a shorter series of

translucent bristles, with a slightly curved tip furnished with

somewhat narrow wings. The shaft is minutely striated

longitudinally, and widens a little as it approaches the tip.

The hooks have a somewhat triangular outline from the

breadth of the crown, which is slightly sinuous. The pos-

terior outline curves to the rounded prow, which is carried

to the line of the teeth. The first tooth is as large as the

second, aud the two following are similar, the last being

slightly broader at the base from the curve of the gulf

between it and the prow. The posterior hooks are smaller,

but they have the same form and structure. Moreover,

the papillae or lamellae on which they occur are the only

processes posteriorly, and are twelve or thirteen in number.

The tube is not mentioned by Malmgren, hut is composed

of a lining of tough secretion with a few sand-grains and

free sheds of mucus, which give it the aspect of being coated

with minute algae.

The fifth representative is Amage auricula , Malmgren,

procured only in deep water by the ‘ Knight Errant/ It

is a small form about | of an inch in length with a some-

what broad and blunt anterior end, the brachiae in the

preparation being on the anterior ridge, the prostomium

being doubled downward as a small and somewhat bifid

process, the fillets of the peristomium (FauveFs rudimentary

palps) supporting it laterally and posteriorly. The mouth

104

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

Las a semicircular posterior lip, from which a median

process goes forward to the under surface of the bifid pro-

stomium. No tentacles are visible. In the preparation

only three branchiae are present on each side, but probably

the fourth has fallen off. They are somewhat thick tapering

processes arising from the third segment.

The anterior hooks commence on the fourth segment,

have a sinuous crown, an anterior border with five teeth,

the first being smaller than the second, and the third and

fourth larger than the second, and the fifth is stouter than

the others and separated by a gulf from the rounded prow.

The posterior hooks are considerably smaller, but they seem

to have the same structure. The bristles are simple with

tapering, slightly curved, and winged tips.

As in Malmgren/s figure, eight segments occur behind

the bristled region, but in the present example two thick

short cirri occurred at the tip, and they seemed to be larger

than the dorsal cirri in front of them and less clavate in

outline than the dorsal cirri ; for, when viewed from above,

the dorsal cirri are clavate, with a narrow base and rounded

or bluntly ovoid tip. The last setigerous process is followed

by a short dorsal cirrus, the succeeding cirri having a more

elongated stalk and a more distinctly enlarged tip. The

ventral uncinigerous processes are bluntly conical papillse,

a considerable ridge intervening between them and the

dorsal cirri.

The sixth is Melinna cristata, Sars, from the stomachs of

cod in St. Andrews Bay, the Forth, and other points on the

east coast. The head varies in aspect according to the con-

dition of the tentacles. In contraction, when these are

withdrawn within the mouth, the anterior end presents

dorsal ly a short bluntly rounded process with, in some, a

notch in the centre. In extrusion of the tentacles there is

a flattened lamella, from the anterior edge of which the

somewhat clavate tentacles project. The tentacular lobe is

separated by a deep dorsal groove from the next segment,

the groove passing laterally downward to the mouth in front

of the posterior lip. The branchiae arise from the third

segment as two basal processes, each of which soon splits

into two anterior and two posterior rather long tapering

organs, the largest being the inner of the anterior pair on

each side, the two outer being considerably less than the

inner posterior. The posterior lip forms a lamella, with a

free anterior edge, which curves upward on each side to

form a prominent collar at the angle (thus differing from

105

Gaily Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

M. elisabethae) , then turns backward to the edge o£ the denti-

culated membrane of the fourth setigerous segment. The

latter, the lower lip, and the lateral folds thus form a kind

of base or sheath for all the parts in front. The transverse

and free fold just alluded to has about a dozen denticulations

of nearly equal size on its free or anterior edge.

The body is somewhat clavate, broad at the branchial

region, and gently tapering to the slender posterior extremity,

which is characterised amongst the Ampharetidse by its

great length, no less than about fifty segments occurring

in it. The anus is terminal, comparatively large for the

size of the region, and in the only example in which the

part is apparently complete a few short papillae occurred

on the edge. Above and beneath the anus is a vertical slit

with the lateral edge projecting on each side. The dorsal

surface of the body is rounded and smooth, whilst the

ventral surface is marked anteriorly, as far as the fourteenth

bristle-bundle, by the glandular thickenings in each segment ;

thereafter a median groove is continued to the slender

region near the tip of the tail.

The first three bristle-bundles are small, and form a

slightly oblique row in the preparations along the edge of

the flap between the mouth and the denticulated border on the

dorsum of the fourth bristled segment ; these have no evident

setigerous process, since they are immersed in the tissues

of the region. The following fifteen pairs have, when fully

developed, a prominent and somewhat conical setigerous

process, from which the long pale golden bristles project

either transversely or in a slightly backward direction. The

bristles have long finely striated shafts and slightly curved

and winged tips, which taper to a fine point. A shorter

series occurs amongst the foregoing, their finely tapered

tips falling short of the longer by a considerable interval.

Between the basal region of the branchiae on each side and

the denticulated margin of the dorsal collar is a powerful

hook which, in the preparations, is generally conspicuous,

the point being directed backward and downward. It has

a broad flattened base and shaft, the latter widening as it

proceeds upward from the base to about half its length,

then narrows distally, the tip forming a sharp hook which

curves to the front. Along the dorsal or convex edge of the

curve a considerable thickening of the brittle chitinous

tissue occurs, and this part is perforated by a canal con-

taining granular contents, and in connection with a gland,

also granular, at the side of the shaft. The canal opens on

the convex side of the organ a little short of the tip. The

108

Prof. M'Tntosh’s Notes from the

shaft is finely striated longitudinally, the striae converging

as the hook narrows distally and ceasing within the tip.

The ordinary hooks are arranged on small ridges beneath

the bristle-tufts anteriorly from the fourth segment back-

ward. The lamellae which carry the hooks are at first small,

but by and by they project as small flaps with a tendency to

a prolongation ventraliy. The hooks present a rounded,

crown with four teeth on the frout edge, increasing in size

from the first to the third, the fourth having a broad base,

but a shorter fang, since the gulf above the rounded prow is

small. The posterior margin is sinuous and the base rounded.

Behind the bristled region the lamellae become more pro-

minent, and have a small papilla dorsally.

The tube is coated with greyish mud and lined with tough

secretion. Attached externally in Norwegian examples are

fragments of shells, it may be in considerable number, and

occasionally globular arenaceous Foraminifera with grains of

sand in mud, and here and there the leaf of an alga.

The seventh species is Melinna elisabetka , MTntosh.

The specimens of this species were first obtained in Britain

by my mother in the stomachs of haddocks, and consequently

the external configuration was altered. The presence of the

same form in Norwegian waters (dredged by Dr. Merle

Norman) enables a more satisfactory description to be

made.

The head and anterior region, while formed on the general

plan of M. cristata , have proportionally longer branchiae

and tentacles. The cephalic border anteriorly has a slight

notch and two lateral eminences, and the tentacular plate

and the tentacles are often pushed beyond it. The tentacles

are remarkably long, and the mouth forms a gaping aperture

beneath them at the end of the bluntly conical region.

The branchiae arise from two basal processes, where they

are fused, and they are longer and more distinctly tapered

than in M. cristata. Moreover, they do not lend themselves

to a transverse division into an anterior and a posterior pair

as in M. cristata. The outer and more slender branchia

separates readily to the base, and the next to it posteriorly

nearly as far, but the two inner (the one in front of the

other) are united for a considerable distance above the base.

Their arrangement, therefore, differs from that in M. cristata.

The dorsal collar stretches in the same manner as in the

latter, but the free edges of the two differ, for, instead of

the very large, regular, conical processes of M. cristata , this

form has smaller conical processes, often ingroups of three,

107

Gaily Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

and there is less regularity. The edge of the collar thus

differs under a lens, and the collar is often shorter from side

to side. In front of the denticulated collar a distinct

conical process passes forward to the space between the

branchiae. On the ventral surface, again, the body-collar

has not the prominent lateral edges seen in M. cristata.

The post-branchial hooks are diagnostic, and their position

is the same as in M. cristata. They have a broad, almost

ovoid, flattened shaft, the base of which is often oblique.

Anteriorly it somewhat abruptly narrow's, and is boldly

curved forward as a rounded, tapering, apparently solid hook

with a sharp point. The broad shaft is marked by fine

longitudinal lines, which are continued beyond the curve and

toward the tip of the hook, and also marked by slightly

curved cross-striae which pass forward to the curve or neck

of the hook and then cease, the tip being homogeneous and

clear. It is moved by powerful muscles attached to the

shaft. The concavity of the hook has a thick layer of cliitin,

but no canal could be made out. Such a hook differs from

that of Melinna cristata in outline and structure, as well as

in the absence of the canal at the tip.

The bristles have the same structure as in M. cristata, viz.

translucent, striated shafts, and winged tapering tips, and

they are accompanied by the shorter series as in the previous

form. The hooks resemble those of the other species, but,

whilst in M. cristata they often show five teeth, in M. elisa-

bethce four is the usual number, and the curves slightly

differ.

The tube of this form consists of tough secretion coated

with a little mud, and having fragments of shell attached

here and there by the edges. The gastric juice of the fishes

does not seem to affect the tubes much, though their in-

habitants are rapidly softened. The tubes of the Norwegian

examples are of tough secretion coated with fine mud, with

here and there an arenaceous Foraminifer.

It is curious that this species has never been tossed on

shore at St. Andrews. It probably inhabits the deeper

water, and is the common form in Norway.

Grube describes Melinna palmata from St. Malo, where, he

obtained a single specimen, as having a smooth (entire)

margin to the dorsal collar on the fourth bristled segment,

instead of the fimbriated margin of M. cristata and M. elisa -

bethce. There are eight branchise, which differ at their base

from those of M. cristata , and in the spirit-preparation the

anterior and the inner filaments of the posterior branchia

are longer and more pointed than the rest. The frontal

108

Prof. M'lnfcosVs Notes from the

border is three-lobed, as in M. elisabetlia. The hooks have

four teeth. No mention is made of the two dorsal post-

branchial hooks, and though Fauvel subsequently alludes to

them as the homologues of the palese and transformed dorsal

bristles, there is nothing distinctive in either figure or

description. The forms appear to differ.

The eighth species is Melinna adriatica, Marenzeller, a

southern form from Plymouth (Dr. Allen) and Torquay

(Major Elwes). In general aspect this form approaches

Melinna cristata , though it differs in the appearance of the

branchiae and the obscurity of the branchial hooks.

The snout bears a series of smooth tentacles, twelve in

number, the shorter forms being inferior. They occur on

the dorsal base of a funnel-shaped process, apparently the

homologue of the cephalic plate of the Terebellids, which

leads to the mouth. In his account of the species, Maren-

zeller mentions only four tentacles, but they are easily

removed in preparations. The shape of the anterior region

of the body agrees with that of the typical forms, three

bristle-tufts being borne by the oblique anterior part. The

ventral collar behind the snout is prominent and smooth,

the angle in front of the first bristle-bundle being con-

spicuous in a ventral view. Posteriorly the body terminates

in an anus with a somewhat dilated rim.

The branchiae resemble in general aspect those of M. cris-

tata, though distinguished by their transverse bars and

arrangement, since the four branchiae on each side arise from

a curved base, and are all visible from the rear. The

branchial hooks are minute and readily escape detection,

and thus are in contrast with the two forms most abundant

in the north. The shaft is broad and short, striated, and

the sharp hook at the tip leaves the neck at more than a

right angle, the whole being similar to that of Melinna

maculata, Webster, which approaches Marenzeller's form.

Behind the foregoing region, at the fourth bristled seg-

ment, is the dorsal collar, which is somewhat narrower and

less distinctly denticulated than in the two forms previously

mentioned, the papillae having a tendency to fuse with each

other, and thus lose the feature so characteristic of M. cj'istata.

There are usually four to eight rounded fimbriae.

The tip of the foot is more distinctly differentiated than

in M. cristata, as a bluntly conical process marked off from

the rest of the foot by a shoulder. Moreover, the bristles

are proportionally larger and more deeply tinted yellow by

transmitted light. The longer forms have nearly straight

shafts and finely tapered tips with just a trace of a bend.

109

Gatty Marine Laboratory , S‘. Andrews.

and with distinct but narrow wings, whereas the shorter

bristles have boldly curved tips, which, in some, are much

worn. The wings of these commence a little beyond the

cuticle. The number of the setigerous processes is the

same as in the other forms, viz., eighteen, the first three

being immersed in the tissues, only the tips appearing

beyond the surface.

The anterior hooks, which are in a single row, follow

a similar arrangement to those of the other species, but

have five teeth anteriorly besides a process above the prow,

and thus a greater number, as a rule, than in the two previous

forms. The posterior outline is inflected, whilst the inferior

border of the base, after a slight inflection posteriorly,

becomes convex as it approaches the anterior prow. The

posterior hooks do not differ materially from the foregoing,

except in size. The hooks differ from those of Melinna

maculata, Webster, in having a process between the prow

and the first tooth.

The tube is composed of secretion covered with a layer of

mud. It is friable.

The ninth form is Melinella macduffi, sp. n., a form

approaching Pista. The slender body is slightly enlarged

anteriorly, and gradually tapers posteriorly to a delicate

tail, which terminates in an anus surrounded by about ten

long papillae. The posterior region in the preparations is

moniliform. The dorsal surface is smoothly rounded, the

ventral flattened anteriorly and grooved posteriorly. The

glandular scutes are confined to the mid-ventral region, and

appear to be about ten in number. Segments fifty to sixty.

Whilst the tentacles readily separate on removing the animal

from its tube, the branchiae generally remain. They form

two slightly branched organs, supported on stalks attached

to the first segment. The tip is dichotomously divided in

some parts, whilst in others it is irregular. Not more than

a dozen filaments of all kinds occur in each branchia.

The setigerous processes, which commence on the third

segment, are minute and appear to be about eighteen in

number. Each bears a small tuft of translucent bristles,

with delicately tapered slightly curved tips with narrow

wings, and arranged in two series, a longer and a shorter,

the shorter, however, being only a little within the tips of

the longer.

The rows of hooks commence with the bristles, and in

single series. Each hook much resembles that of Melinna

cristata , having two distinct teeth above the great fang,

a somewhat narrow space below it, as the process on the

no

Dr. J. C. Relvill and Mr. R. Standen on

anterior outline is high, and an excavation exists below it.

The posterior outline has a deep dimple, the inferior margin

of the base is convex, and the prow rounded. The posterior

hooks have the same structure, but are smaller, and the

hispid crowns are prdportionally large. After the cessation

of the bristles the uncinigerous processes become more

distinct, and posteriorly they form in front of the tail a

conspicuous series of serrations.

The tube is of moderate length, and composed of secretion

strengthened by glittering sponge-spicules and minute

Foraminifera, so that it forms a somewhat thick rough

or hirsute tunnel. They seem to have formed groups.

The sponge-spicules constitute a large part of the wall of

the tube, and form a very efficient protection. The inner

secretion is somewhat tough.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES *.

f Plate V.

A female lesser rorqual on its right side. It had been dead several weeks.

Plate VI.

Fig. 1. Anterior region of Prionospio, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence,

Canada (dredged by Hr. Whiteaves). The long tentacles, no

trace of which occurred in the collection, have been added from

Sars. Enlarged under a low power.

Fig. 2. First foot of the foregoing. Zeiss, oc. 4, obj. A.

Fig. 3. Second foot of the same. Ditto.

Fig. 4. Anterior foot with dorsal and ventral lamellae and, to the right,

a branchia. Similarly magnified.

Fig. 5. Dorsal bristle, with its marked curvature. X oc. 4, obj. D.

Fig. 6. Portion of the shaft of another example, presenting the transverse

granular bars. X oc. 4, obj. D.

Fig. 7. Stiff curved bristle guarding the ventral hooks inferiorly in the

middle of the body. X oc. 4, obj. D.

Fig. 8. Ventral hook. Similarly magnified.

XII. — Notes on Mollusca collected in the North-ivest Falk -

lands by Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S., with Descriptions

of Six new Species . By JAMES COSMO Melvill, M.A.,

D.Sc., F.L.S., and Robert Standen, Assistant Keeper,

Manchester Museum.

[Plate VII.]

Considerably more than twelve years have elapsed since

we reported f on a collection of Marine Mollusca found by

Mr. Rupert Vallentin, F.L.S., in the East Falklands, mainly

in the neighbourhood of Port William and Stanley Harbour,

and we had also, previously to this J, in 1898, published an

* I am indebted to the Carnegie Trust for these Plates.

t Journ. of Conch, x. pp. 43-47 (1901).

X Id. ix. pp. 97-10.1 (1898).

Photo of Lesser Rorqual, lying on its right side, 17 Nov., 1913.

M'Istosii,

Ann. <$• Mag. Sat. Hid. S. §. Vol. X ITT. PL 1

H: m

e ’VEKSJli v:

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands. 1 1 1

account of those gathered by Miss Cobb, in Lively Island,

which is situated just off the mainland, due south of

Choiseul Sound, of the East Falklands.

At the outset, a brief explanation of the configuration of

this group may be necessary.

Two large islands, divided by a narrow sound, running

N.E. by S.W., are respectively called the West and East

Falklands, the latter being the larger, with an area of

3000 square miles as against 2300. It is also considerably

broader, while the length of each is almost the same (say,

between 80 and 90 miles). Both islands are mountainous :

Mount Adam, in the West Falklands, attains 2315 feet in

altitude, while in the corresponding island Mount Usborne is

slightly lower (say, 2245 feet). This last also contains the

majority of the inhabitants, Stanley being the largest — in

fact, the only — town. It is not surprising, therefore, that

travellers have in the majority of cases been content to visit

the East Island alone, and that the equally important

westerly neighbour is almost unworked and only partially

explored.

We, indeed, understand from Mr. Vallentin that the

collections of Mollusca (Marine, Terrestrial, and Fluviatile)

made by him in 19i0~ll, which form the subject of this

paper, are the first that have been brought from this locality,

and this fact should render the accompanying catalogue of

higher interest than usual, even though the majority are well-

known species.

Mr. Vallentin has also kindly submitted to us his notes on

the geography, climatic conditions, and other details, which

it is best to transcribe, unaltered, in his own words, as

follows : —

Notes on tiie Collection.

41 All these Mollusks were obtained on the north-west side

of the West Falklands.

“There are no land-locked harbours like Stanley Harbour,

but the coast-line abounds in very numerous inlets of

varying length, and there are many islands past which the

tides rush with wild fury. In several places, such as Reef

Channel and West Point Pass , the pace is great during the

springs, 8-10 miles an hour, and when, coupled with this,

a strong wind is blowing, a terrific sea rages. As a

natural consequence, animal life is comparatively scarce,

only the strongest forms being able to cope with such wild

and savage surroundings.

“ By far the most sheltered place in this district is Roy

Covej where a fair amount of dredging was accomplished.

112

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

This cove is located on the north shore of King Georqe Bay.

It is very secure and narrow, but the water is fairly deep,

ranging from 8 fms. at its mouth to ‘ nil ’ at its upper

extremity, and it measures about a mile and a half in

length.

u The bottom varies from fine shingle and sand for about the

first three hundred yards, this being scoured by sheltered

estuaries, effectually preventing any work being done on the

water, so shore-collecting was the main chance and also

close examination of many freshwater pools near, especially

the large freshwater lake at the head of Byron Sound.

“ Within tidal limits, by far the best collecting-ground was

to the north-east of Rapid Point, Port Egremont. Here an

eddy or back-water was formed, and, owing to the abundance

of large flat shale rocks of varying sizes, some excellent

collecting could be done.

“ Carcass Island is 20 miles N. of Rapid Point. We

landed there for a few hours one day when outward bound

from Stanley, and found a few Mollusks not noticed else-

where.”—R. V.

We must express here our indebtedness to Mr. Vallentin

for again entrusting to us his Falkland Island molluscan

collections to work out, as they have interested us deeply ; and

we would also thank Messrs. A. J. Jukes-Browne, F.R.S.,

H. B. Preston, F.Z.S., T. Iredale, and, above all, Mr. Edgar

A. Smith, I.S.O., for valuable aid ,in many ways, most un-

grudgingly given.

Class GASTEROPODA.

Order AMPHINEURA.

Suborder Polyplacophora.

Tonicia atrata (Sowb.).

Chiton atratus, Sowerby, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. 1840,

p. 294 ; Conch. Illustr. figs. 57, 58.

Tonicia atrata (Sowb.), H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll. i. p. 474

(1858) ; Pilsbry, in Tryon, Man. Conch, xiv. [p. 201, pi. xli.

figs 28-30.

Not uncommon in the West Falklands.

Tonicia bennetti , Iredale, MS.

Rare.

A species with smoothish grey valves. Wre cannot find

that this has yet been described.

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

113

Callochiton illumincitus (Reeve).

Chiton illuminatus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pi. xxii. fig. 147 (1847).

Chiton ( Callochiton ) illuminatus , Smith, P. Z. S. p. 35 (1881).

This species seems very generally distributed over the

area.

Plaxiphora carmichaelis (Wood).

Chiton carmichaelis, Wood, Suppl. Ind. Test. pi. i. fig. 10 (1828) ;

Gray, Spicil. Zool. pi. i. fig. 6 (1828).

Chiton setiger , King, Zool. Journ. v. p. 358 (1832) ; Sowerby, Conch.

Illustr. p. 17 ; Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, pi. xl. fig. 7.

Not uncommon, but only small examples forwarded.

Order PROSOBRANCllIATA.

Suborder DlOTOCARDI A.

(a) DOCOGLOSSA.

Fam. Acmaeidae.

Acmcea ceciliana , D’Orb.

Acmcea ceciliana, D’Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid. p. 482, tab. Ixxxi.

fig9. 4-6; Gay, Hist, de Chile, viii. p. 260 (1854); Tryon, Man.

Conch, xiii. p. 33, pi. xxxiv. figs. 14-21.

Var. magellanica , Strebel.

Acmcea ceciliana, var. magellanica, H. Strebel, Mol lush, der Magalhaen-

Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. xxii. Band, Heft i., Jena (1907).

Dip Creek, Roy Cove, at low tide, and also occasionally at

high-water mark. One from the latter locality seems to be

of the variety magellanica. This is a common mollusk

throughout the Falkland group.

Scurria scurra (Lesson).

Patella scurra, Lesson, Voyage de la 1 Coquille,’ 1826-30.

Scurria scurra (Gray), Tryon, Man. Conch, xiii. pi. xxxix. figs. 26, 27.

“ Roy Cove : found dead on the shore at low water. Port

Egremont : very large examples on the south shore after a

northerly gale ; they were cast up alive, but birds soon

extracted the animal.' ” — R. V.

These latter are in fine condition, pale brown, very smooth,

and irregularly marked longitudinally with zigzag lines,

becoming evanescent above the margin. Within, the surface

is pure white. This species has a large synonymy, it being

the Acmcea scurra , D’Orb., Lottia pallida , Sowb., L. conica ,

Could, and Acmcea cgmbula, Hupd.

Ann. Mag. N. Hist. ftcr. 8. Vol. xiii. 8

114

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Fam. Patellidas.

Patella cenea , Martyn.

Patella cenea , Martyn, Univ. Conch, i. fig. 17 (1780).

Yar. deaurata , Gmel.

Patella deaurata , Gmelin, Syst. Nat. briii. t. i. p. 3719 (1790) ; Blain-

ville, Malac. pi. xlix. fig. 7 ; (Gmelin), E. A. Smith, Zool. Kerguelen

Moll., Phil. Trans, Royal Soc. Lond. clxviii. p. 79 j Peiseneer, Yoy.

1 Belgica/ Zool., Moll. p. 7.

Roy Cove.

All that were forwarded were small specimens, clean and

free from nulli'pore and other growths, consequently charac-

teristically marked and coloured. One example, with

noduled ribs, came from tc extreme low-water mark,” being

found there in company with Yoldia eightsii , Couth.

Patella delicatissima , Streb.

Patinella delicatissima , H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz,

Zool. Jahrb. xxv. Band, Heft i. (1907) ; Jena, p. 145, Taf. v. figs. 71-

72, 74-75.

Rapid Point and Roy Cove, at low water.

The surface of this beautiful form is most delicately squa-

mose, the scales imbricating. Within, a resemblance to

P. cenea is seen, and it is probable, when a larger series of

this have been gathered, that intermediates will occur to

link the two forms together.

Nacella mytilina , Helbling.

Patella mytilina, Helbling, Abhandl. ein. Privatgesellsch. Bohmen, iv.

p. 104, tab. i. figs. 5, 6 (1779) ; H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-

Provinz, p. 113, Taf. iii. fig. 44 (1907).

Roy Cove, at low water.

This species seems quite distinct from N. cymbularia ,

Lamk., with which it is generally confounded, and is the

prevailing Nacella in the Falklands.

( b ) RHIPIDOGLOSSA.

Section Zygobranchiata.

Fam. Fissurellidse.

Fissurella oriens , Sowb.

Fissurella oriens, Sowb. P. Z. S. Lond. p. 124 (1834) ; Thes. Conch.,

Fissurella, p. 186, fig. 19.

Mollusca from the North-west Fallclands.

115

Var. mexicana , Sowb.

Fissurella mexicana, Sowb. Conch. Illustr. fig. 61 ; Thes. Conch, p. 180,

figs. 26-28.

Roy Cove, not adult ; King George’s Bay.

Examples in good condition were collected miles inland,

in camp, evidently dropped by sea-birds after they had

devoured the inhabitant. We follow Dr. Hermann Strebel

in considering mexicana a form of oriens. The typical form

does not appear.

Fissurella picta (Gmel.).

Patella picta, Gmelin, p. 3729. sp. 198.

Fissurella picta, Sowerby, Conch. Illustr. figs. 4, 26.

On the beach, Roy Cove, at low water, Shallow Bay.

Fissurella polygona , Sowb.

Fissurella polygona, Sowerby, Thes. Conch, vol. iii. p. 186, fig. 137 ;

Pilsbry, Man. Conch, xiii. p. 148, tab. lx. fig. 84 ; H. Strebel,

Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, p. 85, Taf. i. figs. 4, 5, 6 (1907).

Roy Cove, low water to 2-4 fathoms; also Rapid Point

(March 31st, 1911).

Dr. H. Strebel deems this either synonymous with or a

variety of the next (F, radiosa , Less.).

Fissurella radiosa, Lesson.

Patella radiosa, Lesson, Voy. de la ‘Coquille,’ vol. ii. p. 411 (1826) ;

Pilsbry, in Tryon, Man. Conch, xiii. p. 157 ; Melvill & Standen,

Journ. of Conch, is. p. 102 (1898).

Lively Island, East Falklands.

This was also obtained some years ago ,from the same

locality by Miss Cobb in finer condition and variety ; and

likewise by Mr. R. Vallentin from Port Stanley.

P uncturella noachina (L.), Lowe.

Patella noachina, Linn. Mant. Plant, p. 551.

Pancturella noachina, Lowe, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 78 (1827) ; Forbes &

Hanley, ii. p. 474, pi. lxii. figs. 10-12 ; Pilsbry, in Tryon, Man.

Conch, xii. p. 229.

Var. falklandiana , A. Adams.

Pancturella falklandiana, Ad., Tryon, l. c. p. 231, tab. lxiii. fig. 33.

Pancturella noachina, \ ox. falklandiana, II. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magal-

haen-Provinz, p. 104 (1907).

Roy Cove, on rocks at low water.

8*

116

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Rapid Point, also at low tide.

The specimens from the former locality more assimilate

the type. It is impossible to separate falklandiana as a

genuine species.

Megatebennus patagonicus , Streb.

? Megatebennus patagonicus, H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-

Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. Band xxv., Jena (1907). ,

Rapid Point, at low water ; also Roy Cove. [Several

examples.

In a previous paper (Journ. of Conch, x. p. 45, 1901) we

mentioned this species under the name of Fissurellidea

liiantula, Lam. (non Reeve). This was seven years before

it was properly differentiated and named by Dr. Strebel. It

would appear to be the only one of its kindred inhabiting

this region.

Section Azygobranchiata.

Fam. Trochidse.

Photinula tceniata (Wood).

Trochus tceniatus, Wood, Index Suppl. pi. v. fig. 12.

Margarita tceniata , Reeve, Conch. Icon. xx. fig. 4 ; Kiener, xi. p. 319,

pi. c. fig. 2.

Roy Cove, 2-4 fathoms, on the alga Macrocystis pyrifera ,

Ag.

Var. ccerulescens (King).

Margarita ccerulescens , King, Zool. Journ. v. p. 346, fig. 54 (1332);

Sowerby, in Reeve, Couch. Icon. xx. fig. 12.

Trochus ccerulescens , Philippi, Conch. Cab. p. 250, t. xxxvii. fig. 11.

Photinula ccerulescens , Ad. Gen. Moll. i. p. 427.

Occasionally, with the type.

Photinula violacea (King).

Margarita violacea, King, Zool. Journ. v. p. 346 (1832) ; Sowerby,

Conch. Illustr. figs. 11, 12 ; in Reeve, Conch. Icon. xx. fig. 5.

Trochus violaceus, Philippi, Conch. Cab. p. 254, t. xxxvii. fig. 18.

Also at Roy Cove, with P. tceniata (Wood).

Suborder MONOTOCARDIA.

Section (u) Ptenoglossa.

Fam. Scalidae.

Scala magellanica, Phil.

Scalar ia magellanica, Philippi, Archiv fur Naturg. 1845, p. 46.

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

117

Var. latecostata , Streb.

Scalaria magellanicci, var. latecostata, H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magal-

kaen-Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. Band xxii. Heft 6, Jena, 1905, p. 058,

Taf. xxiii. tig-. 43 a-d.

Rapid Point ; at low-water mark.

This is a very elegant form, and presents a very different

appearance from the type, the ribs being, as the specific name

implies, broader by far and fewer in number than those ot

magellanica . It seems to us that, unless intermediates be

found, it might be considered a true species.

Section ( b ) Tjenioglossa.

Fam. Naticidae.

Natica impervia , Phil.

Natica impervia, Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg. i. p. 65 (1845).

Fine examples, alive, with the smooth calcareous operculum

attached. They have not been exactly localized, but doubt-

less occur plentifully in the sandy coves.

Lamellaria ampla} Streb.

Lamellaria ampla, H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool.

Jahrb. Band xxiv. Jena, 1906, p. 135, Taf. xi. tig. 70 a-c.

A single example, pure white, very fragile, and slightly

broken, but characteristic.

Fam. Calyptraeidae.

Lrepidula dilatata) Lamk.

Crepidula dilatata, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 644; Sowerby,

Thes. Conch, v. p. 65, figs. 100, 101 ; Reeve, Conch. Icon. xi. p. 3.

Rapid Point (March 31, 1911).

Trochita radians (Lamk.).

Trochus radians, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. vii. p. 11.

Calyptrcea radians , Deshayes, Enc. Metli. pi. cxv. lig. 3.

Calyptrcea ( Infundibulum ) radians (Lamarck), Try on, Man. Conch,

viii. p. 121, pi. xxxv. figs. 84-88 (1886).

Shallow Bay, at low water*

The synonymy of this species is very extensive, and is

given to some extent in Tryon’s ‘ Manual.’ Of the various

names employed, corrucjata , Reeve, is probably the most

familiar next to that actually adopted.

118

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. E. Standen on

Fa m. Littorinidse.

Lcevilittorina bennetti, Prest.

Lcevilittorina bennetti, H. B. Preston, Ann. & Mag-. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,

vol. ix. p. 636, fig. (1912).

Eoy Cove, W. Falklands; at half-tide (March 14, 1910).

We are indebted to the author of the species for confirming

the name. It is a very minute shell.

Lcevilittorina caliginosa (Gould).

Littorina caliginosa , Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. iii. p. 83 (1849).

Hydrobia caliginosa (Gould), E. A. Smith, Phil. Trans. Koval Soc.

Bond, rlxviii. p. 173, pi. ix. fig. 8 (1879).

Lcevilittorina caliginosa (Gould), Pfefier, Mollusken von Slid Georgien,

p. 81, Taf. i. fig. 8 a-d (1886) ; H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-

Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. Band xxv. Jena, 1907, p. 156.

Crooked Inlet ; under stones at low water.

Lcevilittorina latior , Prest.

Lcevilittorina latior , H. B. Preston, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,

vol. ix. p. 636, fig. (1912).

Under stones, easily overlooked. Another very micro-

scopic species.

Fam. Cerithiidse.

Cerithium pullum , Phil.

Cerithium pullum, Philippi, Arcliiv fur Naturg. p. 66 (1845).

Cerithium ccelatum, Couthouy, Gould, in Wilkes’ Expl. Exped. p. 148,

fig. 174 a-d; Gould, Boston Proc. iii. p. 123 (1849).

Bittium ccelatum, Couthouy, Mission du Cap Horn, p. 40.

Cerithium pullum (Phil.), H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz,

Zool. Jahrb. Band xxii. p. 652, Taf. xxiii. fig. 40 a-d (1905).

Eapid Point, at low water; also Carcass Island.

{Several examples. Evidently a common species, widely

distributed.

Cevithiopsis malvinarum , M. & St.

Ceritkiopsis malvinarum , Melvill & Standen, Moll. Scott. Nat. Ant-

arctic Exp., Trans. Koyal Soc. Edinb. xlvi. p. 135, figs. 6, Qa (1907) ;

H. Strebel, Wissenschaft. Ergebnisse der Schwediscli. Siidpolar-

Exped., Hie Gastropoden, p. 49, Taf. i. fig. 10 a-c (1908).

Eoy Cove ; low water, on mud.

One small but quite characteristic example.

Afollusca from the North-west Falklanls.

119

Bittium l)urdwoodianumi M. & St.

Bittium burdwoodianum , Melvill & Standen, Moll. Scott. Nat. Antarct.

Exp., Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. xlviii. p. 351, plate, fig. 12 (1912).

Rapid Point ; low water, spring tide.

A small species, with certain Oeritliiopsoid characters.

Burdwood Bank, from whence the type came, is situate just

south of the Falklands, between them and the Antarctic

Continent.

Section (c) Gymnoglossa.

Fam. Turbonillidse.

Turbonilla smithii , Pfeffer, MS.

Turbonillasmithii, Pfeffer, MS., in H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-

Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. Band xxii. p. 659, Taf. xxiii. tig. 42 a-d (1907).

King George’s Bay.

One specimen is in very fine condition, displaying the

nuclear whorls to perfection. They are well figured by

Dr. Strebel.

Odostomia biplicata) Streb.

Odostomia biplicata, H. Strebel, Wissenschaft. Ergebnisse der Schwe-

disch. Siidpolar-Exped., Stockholm, 1908, p. 65, Taf. i. tigs. 9, 9 a.

The only example found, of a clear corneous hue, occurred

at the roots of the giant alga Macrocystis pyrifera , Ag. The

double plication on the columella is hardly observable without

a lens.

Section (d) Rachiglossa.

Fam. Muricidae.

Trophon crispus (Couth.).

Fusus crispus, Couthouy, Gould, in Wilkes’ Expl. Exped. p. 229,

tig. 279 a-c.

Fusus fimbriatus , IIup6, Gay, Hist, de Chile, p. 165, pi. iv. fig. 7 ;

Smith, * Alert ’ Surv., P. Z. S. 1881, tab. iv. fig. 4.

Fusus crispus , H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool. Jahrb.

Band xxi. p. 204, Taf. iii. tig. 10 a-y (1904).

Saunders Island; in rock-pools, at low water. Rapid

Point ; low water. Roy Cove, to 4-6 fathoms.

The close, fimbriate, imbricating scales are seen to advan-

tage in a well-grown specimen from the first locality men-

tioned. This is more attenuate than usual, 6- to 7-whorlcd,

measuring long. 30, lat. 13 mm.

120

Dr. J. 0. Melvill and Mr. R. Stanclen on

Trophon couthouyi } Streb.

Trophon couthouyi, H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool.

Jahrb. Band xxi. p. 236, Taf. vii. fig. 65 a-e , and Taf. vii. fig. 76

(1904).

Carcass Island and Roy Cove.

In our specimens, referred with some confidence to this

species, the inner lip is tinged with pink suffusion.

Trophon geversianus (Pallas).

Buccinum geversianum, Pallas, Spicil. Zool. fasc. x. p. 33, pi. iii. fig. 1.

Murex magellanicus, Gmelin, p. 3548. no. 80.

Trophon geversianus , Sowerbv, Tbes. Conch, part xxxv. p. 69. sp. 1 ;

H. Strebel, l. c. pp. 173M99, Taf. iv.-vi. figs. 11-52, Taf. viii.

tigs. 80, 81 (1904).

Rapid Point; also Roy Cove Creek, at low water, and

Shallow Bay.

The specimens received by us from the West Falklands

are smaller than from the other island, but no doubt it is

generally distributed, and finer examples could be procured.

It has been well figured in Journ. of Conch, ix. plate ii.

The synonymy is vast, and for full details we would refer

to Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb. xlvi. p. 136.

Trophon lacimatus (Martyn).

Buccinum laciniatum Martyn, Univ. Conch, ii. fig. 42 (1789).

Trophon lacimatus, Chemnitz, ed. ii. (Kobelt) fol. 280, figs. 6, 7 (1878).

Fusus lacimatus , Peeve, Conch. Icon. v. fig. 14 a-c (1847) ; Gould,

in Wilkes’ Expl. Exped. p. 228, pi. xvi. fig. 278 (1853).

With the last at Rapid Point and Roy Cove Creek, at low

water. From the latter place a fine example, from the former

a smaller shell well exhibiting the smooth, oblique, semi-

planate, nuclear whorls.

Trophon liratus (Couth.).

Fusus liratus, Couthouy, Gould, in Wilkes’ Expl. Exped. p. 231,

fig. 282 a-c.

Stanley Harbour.

This is probably Buccinum can cellar oides} Reeve.

Fam. Buccinidae.

Prosipho crassicostatus (Melv. & St.).

Chrysodomus (Sipho) crassicostatus, Melvill & Standen, Trans. Royal

Soc, Edinb. xlvi. p. 138, plate, figs. 10, 10 a (1907).

121

Mollusca from the North-ioest Falklands.

Sipho (Slohnia?) astrolabiensis, H. Strebel, Wissenschaft. Ergebnisse

der Schwedisch. Siidpolar-Exped. p. 31, Taf. iii. fig. 37 a-d (1908).

Prosipho astrolabiensis and cr a ssico status, Thiele, Deutsche S. Polar.

Exped. pp. 206 & 262 (1912).

Rapid Point, Port Egremont, on roots of Macrocystis.

We have only seen the figure of astrolabiensis , Strebel,

but it appears to exactly resemble our species, described one

year earlier (1907).

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) cerealis, Roclib. & Mab.

Euthria cerealis, Rochbrune & Mabile, Mission Scientifique du Cap

Horn, Gastropoden, pp. 1-100 (1889).

? Euthria { Pareuthria ) cerealis , H. Strebel, l. c. p. 623, Taf. xxi. figs. 10,

10 a (1905).

Rapid Point, Port Egremont, and Roy Cove, all at low-

water mark.

A smooth fulvous-grey species, without any specially

marked leading characteristics.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) fuscata (Brug.).

Buccinum fuscatum , Bruguiere, Encycl. Meth. vers. p. 282 (1792).

Buccinum fuscatum antarcticum , Reeve, Conch. Icon. iii. fig. 30 (^1846).

Euthria antarctica , E. Lamy, “ Gastr.” Exp. Charcot, Bull. Mus. Hist.

Is'at. i. 11, p. 476 (1905).

Euthria (Pareuthria) fuscata (Brug.), H. Strebel, Mollusk. derMagal-

haen-Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. xxii. p. 611, pi. xxiv. figs. 69-79 (1905).

Roy Cove, 2-4 fathoms.

We also have received the variety of this species with

effuse outer lip, from tlieN. Falklands, from the late Captain

Philip Hamond, who collected it there more than fifty years

ago; and it is undoubtedly generally diffused throughout the

whole area.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) mayellanica , Phil.

Buccinum magellanicum, Philippi, Abbild. iii. p. 48, tab. i. fig. 14

(1848).

Fusus rufus , Homb. & Jacq. Voy. 1 Astrolabe,’ v. p. 107, tab. xxv. fig. 3

(1854).

Roy Cove, at low water.

Euthria (P areuthria) michaelseni , Streb.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) michaelseni, H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-

Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. xxii. p. 621, pi. xxi. figs. 6, 6 a-b (190o).

Roy Cove and Rapid Point, at low-water mark.

Quite characteristic examples of this neat species, in which

122

Dr. J. 0. Melvill and Mr. E. Standen on

the chestnut colour, smoothly rounded whorls which are

uniformly closely spirally 1 irate, with a transverse whitish

band centrally situate on the body-whorl, and situate just

above, the sutures on the upper whorls, amply distinguish it

from its allies.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) mulachi , Streb.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) mulachi , H. Strebel, l. c. p. 623; Taf. xxi. tigs. 8,

8 a (1905).

Eapid Point, at low water.

We have not seen this species, and have identified it

through comparison with Strebehs figure and description,

the only difference being that in our shell the columella is

decidedly straighter. Within, the mouth shows brownish

reflections, the body of the shell being livid grey.

Euthria ( Pareuthria ) plumhea (Phil.).

Fusus plumbeus, Philippi, Abbild. i. p. 108, tab. i. fig. 8 (1844).

Euthria plumhea , Kobelt, Martini & Chemnitz, fol. ii. p. 228,

tab. lxviii. figs. 8, 9 ; Tryon, Man. Conch, iii. p. 150, tab. lxxii.

fig. 221.

Eoy Cove and Rapid Point, at low water. ,

Euthria ( Glypteuthria) meridionalis , Sm.

Euthria meridionalis, E. A. Smith, Survey 1 Alert,’ P. Z. S. Lond.

p. 29, tab. iv. fig. 6 (1881).

Euthria ( Glypteuthria ) meridionalis, II. Strebel, l. c. p. 627, Taf. xxi.

fig. 11 a-d (1905).

Roy Cove ; one somewhat doubtful example.

Euthria ( Glypteuthria ) Jcobelti, Streb.

Euthria ( Glypteuthria ) kobelti, II. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-

Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. xxii. p. 632, Taf. xxi. figs. 15, 15 a (1905).

At root of Macrocystis, Rapid Point, Port Egremont.

One example only", hardly adult, but agreeing with figure

and description.

Anomacme smithi , Streb.

Anomacme smithi , H. Strebel, l. c. p. 633, Taf. xxii. fig. 28 a-e (1905).

Roy Cove, both at low water at spring tide and also

dredged 2-4 fathoms.

Mollusca from the Nortli-ivest Falklands.

123

Monoceros calcar , Mart.

Buccinum calcar , Marty n, Univ. Conch, ii. t. x. fig. 50.

Monoceros imbricatum , Lamarck. Anim. sans Vert. (Deshayes), x.

p. 119.

Monoceros calcar, id. ibid. x. p. 122.

Monoceros glabratum, id. ibid. x. p. 120.

King George’s Bay ; found living at one spot only on

the north shore. The rocks here are very large and piled up

under high cliffs.

These mollusks are found in dark crevices of the huge

rocks, exposed only for a brief space during low-water

springs. Damaged and wave-worn specimens, indeed, are

common on shore after gales, but not the finely sculptured

forms. Some large purpuroid capsules were found with the

shells on the beach just at the N.VV. corner of the West

Falklands, and most probably belong to this species.

Fam. VolutidaB.

Voluta ( Cymhiola ) ancilla , Sol. (PI. VII. fig. 7, juv.)

Voluta ancilla , Solander, Portland Cat. p. 137. no. 1873 ; Lamarck,

Anim. sans Vert. vol. vii. p. 343, and (ed. lleshayes) x. p. 397. sp. 33.

Voluta. mayellanica, Sowb. Thes. Conch, i. pt. v. pi. liv. fig. 99.

Voluta ancilla , H. Strebel, l. c. p. 113, Taf. vii., viii., ix., x.

Whaler Bay.

A large capsule, containing six well-developed embryonic

examples of this species, was dredged as above. It

measured 50 mm. in diameter, while the young shells are

alt. 12 x lat. 5 mm. M. Rupert Vallentin informs us that he

lias also dredged similar capsules in Stanley Harbour, but

till now they have always been empty.

Dr. Hermann Strebel figures (l. c. Taf. x. fig. 52) a similar

capsule of V. ancilla containing eight or nine embryos.

Section (e) Toxoglossa.

Fam. Conidse.

Bela fulvicans , Streb.

Bela fulvicans, II. Strebel, Wissenscbaft. Ergebnisse der Scbwedisch.

Siidpolar-Exped. Band vi. Lief. i. p. 15, Taf. ii. fig. 25 a-d (1908) ;

Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb. xlviii. p. 356 (1912).

Roy Cove, at low- water mark (January 12, 1910).

One example only, but in good condition, fulvous brown

in colour, agreeing very well with figure and description of a

species found in 1902-3 by the Swedish South-Polar Expe-

dition in three localities, two being in South Georgia, the

124

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

third at Graham’s Land, Antarctic Continent. We reported

it also among the Molluscaof the Scottish National Antarctic

Expedition, from Burdwood Bank, at 56 fathoms.

Savatieria areolata , Streb.

Savatieria areolata , H. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool.

Jahrb. Band xxii. p. 645, Taf. xxi. figs. 19, 19 a-b (1905).

Roy Cove, at low water, rarely.

Savatieria bertrandii sp. n. (PL YU. figs. 1, 2.)

S. testa parva, solidiuscula, olivaceo-brunnea, fusiformi ; anfractibus

8, quorum apicales 2-3 lseves, simplices, cteteris ad suturas canali-

culatis, supernis tribus longitudinaliter rugoso-costulatis, omnibus

spiraliter profunde rotundi-sulcatis, anfractu antepenultimo et

penultimo tribus, ultimo qaatuor sulcis prsedito, deinde ad basim

infra peripheriam evanidis ; apertura parva, intus castanea, labro

paullum effuso, sinu absente, canali abbreviata, margine colu-

mellari fere recta.

Alt. 7, lat. 2 mm.

Rapid Point, at low water ; West Falklands.

This very interesting species occurred but in small

quantity. It is conspicuous for its deep, roundly ridged, spiral

sulci, most conspicuous on the three lowest whorls, the next

three uppermost beinglikewise longitudinally roughly costate.

No sinus on the outer lip is perceptible. The genus Donovania

seems nearly allied, at all events by shell-characters. This

was found by the late Mr. Martin F. Woodward * to be

buccinoid rather than pleurotomoid, being, as regards its

radula, rachiglossate, and, perhaps, nearest to Pisania. It

may be that Savatieria will ultimately find a place near them ;

but, at present, so far as we can learn, the anatomy of this

genus is unknown. Dr. H. Strebel seems to suggest Lachesis

= Donovania as an ally (/. c. p. 641).

We have pleasure in associating with this Savatieria the

name of Mr. WTekham Bertrand, father of Mrs. Rupert

Vallentin, who has aided much in molluscan and other

research in these islands.

Fam. Cancellariidae.

Admete magellanica , Streb.

Admetc magellanica , II. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool.

Jahrb. Band xxii. p. 594, Taf. xxii. fig. 29 a-d (1905).

Carcass Island.

* Proc. Malac. Soc. iii. pp. 235-238, figs.

125

Mollusca from the North-west Falldands.

Two perfect examples. The upper whorls especially are

beautifully reticulately sculptured.

Order PULMONIFERA.

Section Inopepculata.

Fam. Helicidse.

Pcitula michaelseni , Streb.

Patula michaelseni, II. Strebel, Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool.

Jahrb. Band xxv. p. 160, Taf. viii. fig. 97 (1907).

Near Roy Cove.

On the discovery of this interesting little snail Mr. Vallen-

tin writes, under date 22nd May, 1910: —

“ I send herewith what I take to be a rather good find,

viz., a terrestrial mollusk. Mrs. Vallentin and I were

collecting in the camp some few days ago, and from a clump

of damp moss removed from a hillside swamp her sharp eyes

detected what at first seemed to be a seed-capsule or fruit of

a moss ; but examination with a pocket-lens at once showed

the real nature of our find, and stimulated closer search.

After much hard work we eventually bagged six specimens.

The animal is very shy, black in colour, and its foot does not

protrude beyond the margin of the shell when crawling/'’

Section Siphon arioide a.

Fam. Siphonariidse.

Siphonaria lateralis , Couth.

Siphonaria lateralis, Couthouy, Gould, in Wilkes’ Expl. Exped. p. 3G3,

tab. xxx. fig. 462.

Roy Cove, at half-tide.

Dr. Hermann Strebel joins the next species on our list

[redimiculum, Reeve) with this. We, however, decide, for

the present at all events, to treat them tvs distinct.

Siphonaria redimiculum , Reeve.

Siphonaria redimiculum, Peeve, Conch. Icon. ix. pi. v. fig. 21 (1856) ;

E. A. Smith, Moll, of Kerguelen, in Trans. Royal Soc. Lond. p. 16

(1879).

Siphonaria lateralis, Couthouy, non redimiculum, Reeve, II. Strebel,

Mollusk. der Magalhaen-Provinz, Zool. Jahrb. Band xxv. p. 172.

Roy Cove, on fringe of high-water mark ; Crooked Inlet,

under stones and on rocks.

126

Dr. J. G. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Siphonaria tristensis , Leach.

Siphonaria lessoni. Blainville, d’Orbigny, Voy. Mer. p. 469, tab. lvi.

figs. 12,13,14.

Siphonaria ti'istensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon. v. sp. 23.

Siphonaria Iceviuscula, Reeve, l. c. sp. 5.

Roy Gove, on rocks at half-tide.

The form or var. Iceviuscula , Reeve, occurs at Dip Creek,

Roy Cove, Shallow Bay, on rocks ; Rapid Point, at low tide ;

and is, no doubt, generally distributed throughout the area.

Fam. Limnaeidse.

Limncea diaphana , King.

Limncea diaphana , King, Zool. Journ. v. p. 339 (1832) ; Reeve, Conch.

Icon, xviii. spec. 30; H. Strebel, l. c ., Zool. Jahrb. Band xxv. p. 163,

Taf. viii. fig. 100 a-c (1907).

Port North Lake.

Limncea patagonica , Streb.

Limncea patagonica , H. Strebel, l. c. p. 164, Taf. viii. fig. 103 «, h (1907).

Freshwater Pond, Port North ; Lake near Teal River

Settlement; Herbert Station, Roy Gove.

Very fine and perfect examples, of a bright transparent

horn-colour, not corroded apically as is so often the case.

Chilina fluviatilis, Gray.

Chilina flumatilis, Gray, Reeve, Conch. Syst. pi. clxxxix. fig. 5, and

Conch. Icon. xix. pi. i. fig. 1.

Port North Lake.

Chilina sub cylindrical Sowb.

Chilina subcglindrica, G. B. Sowerby, in Reeve, Conch. Icon. xix.

pi. iii. fig. 16 (1874).

Herbert Stream ; Crooked Inlet.

The original specimens came from Chili. Our species seems

to harmonize with it, but may possibly be a very nearly

allied new form.

127

Mollusca from the North-west Fallclands .

Class PELECYPODA.

Order PROTOB RANCHI ATA.

Family Nuculidse.

Nucula pisum, Sowb.

Nucula pisum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch, iii. p. 153, pi. ccxxix. fig. 133;

Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb. xlviii. p. 360.

Local, but occasionally plentiful.

This is probably N. semiornata , Orbigny. It was originally

described by Sowerby in P. Z. S. Lond. 1832.

Yoldia eightsii (Couth.).

Nucula eightsii, Couthouy, Jav, Cat. Shells, ed. iii. p. 113, pi. i.

figs. 12, 13 (1839).

Leda ( Yoldia ) eightsii , Hanley, in Sowb. Thes. Conch, iii. p. 142,

pi. ccxxx. fig. 164.

Yoldia eightsii, Sowerby, Reeve, Conch. Icon. xx. pi. v. fig. 26.

Roy Cove, at extreme low-water mark, spring tides.

Yoldia woodioardi , Hanl.

Yoldia tooodwardi, Hanley, P. Z. S. Lond. p. 370 (1860) ; Reeve,

Conch. Icon, xviii. pi. i. fig. 9(1871); Peiseneer, Voy. ‘Belgica,’

Moll. p. 10 (1903) ; Lamy, Moll. Orcades du Sad, Bull. Mas. Ilist.

Nat. xii. p. 125 (1900) ; Charcot, Exp. Ant. Fran9aise, p. 19 (1906).

Roy Cove, 4-6 fathoms (November 1909).

Very perfect examples, three in number.

Order FILIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder Anomiacea.

Fam. Anomiidae.

Anomia ephippium , L.

Anomia ephippium, Linnd, Svst. Nat. xii. (1769) ; Jeffreys, Brit. Conch,

ii. p. 30, pi. i. fig. 4; Smith, Report 1 Challenger’ Exped., Zool. xiii.

p. 318.

Roy Cove.

One of the very few species found to be common to the

northern and southern polar regions.

128

Dr. J. C. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Suborder ARCACEA.

Fam. Arcadae.

Limopsis hardingii , sp. n. (PI. YIT. figs. 2, 2 a.)

L. testa crassiuscula, albida, nitida, obliquante, superficie undique

concentrice irregulariter striata, versus marginem ventralem

longitudinaliter radiatim multistrigata, aliter laevi, umbonibus

parvis, acuminatis, pagina intus alba, laevi, margine simpliciter

planato, cardine regulari, dentibus ad 10 utrinque instructs,

linea palliali baud siuuosa.

Alt. 26, lat. 28, diam. 9 mm.

Roy Cove.

Compared with the known species of the genus, this comes,

perhaps, nearest to L. pelagica} Smith, than which it is far

less oblique, larger, and more substantial. L. grandis and

marionensis, both also of Smith and from southern latitudes,

are comparable in a lesser degree. Our only example was

found denuded of its periostracum. We have been requested

by Mr. Yallentin to associate with this fine Limopsis , of

which we hope better examples will some day be brought to

light, the name of Mr. W. H. Harding, Colonial Manager of

the Falkland Isles Company, who has rendered much service

in local biological investigation.

Sub fam. PlIILOBRYINM.

Philobrya sp.

Roy Clove.

Immature, and only serving to demonstrate the presence

of this genus in the YV. Falklands.

Suborder MYTILACEA.

Fam. Mytilidae.

Mytilus bifurcatusy Conr.

Mytilus bifurcatus , Conrad, Journ. Amer, Nat. Sci. Phil. v. 7, pi. ccxli.

Roy Cove.

Mytilus eduliSy L.

Mytilus edulis, Linne, Syst. Nat. xii. ed. p. 1157 (1769) ; Forbes &

Hanley, ii. p. 170, pi. xlviii. figs. 1-4: Jeffreys, Hist. Conch, ii.

p. 104 (1863) ; Smith, Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. Lond. clxviii. p. 189

(1879).

Common, and, as in case of Anomia ephippium} found both

in the north and south polar areas.

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

129

Mytilus magellanicusy Oliem.

Mytilus mcigellanicus , Chem, Conch. Cab. viii. pi. lxxxiii. fig. 742 ;

.Reeve, Conch. Icon. x. pi. vi. fig. 22.

Roy Cove Creek.

One specimen shows a curious graduated malformation,

being unusually incrassate in the centre of each valve.

Brachyodontes ( Ilormomya ) blakeanuSy sp. n.

(PI, VII. figs. 4, 4 a.)

B. testa alba, lata, epidermide sordide brunnea partim induta, ovato-

triangulari, parva, haud multum tumescente, postice leniter

rotundata, antice apud umbones acuminata ; mox expansa, super-

ficie undique radiatim irregulariter filolirata, interstitiis sub lente

arete spiraliter striatulis ; periostraco imbricato, margin em super-

impendente, pagina intus alba, marginibus circa crenulatis, septo

minimo.

Alt. 5, lat. 8 mm.

Roy Cove.

In form, and to some extent in sculpture, like a small

Br. cubitus , Say, and, with this, we consider it should be

placed in the subgenus Hormomya , Morch. We would refer

to an exhaustive paper on the classification of the Mytilidae

by Mr. A. J. Jukes-Browne, F.R.S.*

At Mr. Vallentin's request we name this shell in honour of

Mr. Robert Blake, Chairman of the Directors of the Falkland

Islands Company, who evinced much interest in the scientific

work and aided it by all means in his power,

Modiolarca exilis , H. & A. Ad.

Modiolarca exilis, H. & A. Adams, P. Z. S. 1853, p. 435 ; E. A. Smith,

Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. Lond. vol. clxviii. p. 190, pi. ix. fig. 24 (1879).

Fox Bay, after a severe shore-gale.

Modiolarca trapezina (Lam.).

Modiola trapezina, Lamarck, Anirn. sans Vert. vol. vii. p. 24 ; Delessert,

pi. xiii. fig. 7.

Roy Cove, 2-4 fathoms ; Crooked Inlet, at low water,

widely distributed.

* Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. 1905, pp. 211-224.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist, iSer, 8. Vol. xiii. 9

130

Dr. J. 0. Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Order PSEUDOLAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Fam. Pectinidae.

Pecten rufiradiatus, Reeve.

Vecten nifradiatus , Reeve, Conch. Icon. viii. pi. xxxii. fig. 147 (1853).

Low water, Whaler Point and Roy Cove.

A neat small species, like P. patagonicus, King, in

miniature. A large dead valve, somewhat characterless,

found on the N.W. Falkland coast after a storm, probably

belongs to this latter species ( patagonicus ).

Order EULAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

Suborder Submytilacea.

Fam. Carditidae.

Cardita naviformis, Reeve.

Cardita naviformis, Reeve, P. Z. S. Lond. (1843) ; Conch. Icon.,

“Cardita,” pi. ix. fig. 45 (1844).

Only one example found. Is probably a Carditella , Smith.

Fam. Lucinidae.

Cryptodon fallclandicus, Sm.

Crypto don falklandicus, E. A. Smith, Rep. * Challenger ’ Exped., Zool.

xiii. p. 190, pi. xiv. figs. 3, 3 a (1885) ; Trans. Royal Soc. Edinb. xlvi.

p. 148 (1907).

Roy Cove, 4-6 fathoms.

This species, as has been previously reported by us, was

found by Miss Cobb at Shallow Bay, Lively Island, Falk-

lands, and at Scotia Bay, South Orkneys ( W. S, Bruce ,

S. N. A. Expedition),

Fam. Kellyellidae.

Cyamium faUdandicum , Melvill & Standen.

Cyamium faUdandicum , Melvill & Standen, Journ. of Conch, ix. p. 104,

pi. i. fig. 22 (1898).

Crooked Inlet, under stones ; King George’s Bay.

Accompanying this a bottle was forwarded, containing a

mass of filmy Algae, in which were very considerable numbers

of a small white Pelecypod, which we deem the fry of either

G. falJclandicum or its very near congener iridescens , Cooper

and Preston.

131

Mollusca from the North-west Falkland s.

This agglomeration was found spread over a boulder-stone,

exposed at low tide in the upper portion of Roy Cove Creek,

on January 14th, 1910. There must have been thousands of

these little mollusks imbedded thus, for upon removing it

from the rocks on which it was spread the effect was that of

little white stars or points of light, sometimes iridescent.

Miss Wigglesworth, of the Manchester University, has

kindly examined and analyzed this Algoid mass, and pro-

nounced it mainly to consist of the cosmopolitan Chlorosperm

alga Enter omorpha compressa , with a species of Conferva ,

Cyamionema, subgen, nov.

Cyamium ( Cuamionema ) decoratum9 sp. n,

(PI. VII. figs. 5, 5 a, 5 b.)

C. testa parva, delicatissima, papyracea, alba, sequivalvi, inaequi-

laterali, umbonibus contiguis, margine dorsali recto, ventrali fere

parallelo, latere antico rotunde extenso, postice truncatulo,

superficie concentrice undique irregulariter striata, saepe perio-

straco tenui olivaceo-straminea induta, ab umbonibus ventralem ad

marginem centraliter oblique filoso-lirata, lirisnumero 7-8, pagina

intus alba; valva dextra duobus dentibus parvis contiguis instructa,

sinistra uno dentemajore prominulo, lateralibus omnino evanidis,

ligamento interno nullo, externo perlongo, pallide stramineo, linea

palliali integra.

Alt. 3, lat. 5 mm., sp, max.

Hub. N.W. Falklands, 5-6 June, 1910.

This is a very delicate white shell, of extreme fragility, so

much so that nearly all the specimens have been fractured

in the course of microscopical examination. In several

ways we consider it differs from the normal Cyamium ,

and justification for the creation of the proposed subgenus

appears, we think, firstly, in the absence of the internal

ligament ; secondly, in dental disposition, the right valve

containing two small contiguous teeth, the left only one, but

that larger and more conspicuous, the lateral teeth in either

valve apparently absent altogether ; and, thirdly, in the

external sculpture, both valves being ornamented, in addition

to the concentric lines, with seven or eight thread-like liiae

proceeding radiately from the umboes to about the centre of

the ventral margin. From this circumstance the name Cya-

mionema is suggested — Kvapuov and pfjp,a} a thread.

We would here especially thank Mr. A. J. Jukes-Browne,

F.R.S., for his examination of this interesting shell and his

comments thereupon. Several new species of Cyamium have,

during the past few years, been described by Mr. H, B,

Preston and others, but none seem comparable with the one

9*

132

Dr. J. C. Meivill and Mr. R. Standen on

before us. C. subquadratum , Pelseneer *, and C. imitans 9

PfefFer f, are probably the nearest in contour of form.

Family Erycinidse.

Lascea consanguinea (Smith).

Kellia consanguinea , E. A. Smith, Phil. Trans. Royal Soc. Lond.

vol. clxviii. p. 184, pi. ix. fig. 20 (1879).

Crooked Inlet, under stones ; Roy Cove, attached to

byssus of Mytilus magellanicus.

Lascea miliar is } Phil.

Kellia miliaris, Philippi, Wiegmann’s Archiv fur Naturg. p. 51

(1845).

King George’s Bay.

Kellyia cycladiformis (Desh.).

Erycina cycladiformis, Deshayes, Trait. Elem. pi. xi. figs. 6-9 ; P. Z. S.

Lond. p. 181 (1851).

Kellia cycladiformis (Desh.), Meivill & Standen, Trans. Royal Soc.

Edinb. xlvi. p. 149 (1907).

Rapid Point ; found within a large dead Balanus at

extreme low-water mark.

Davisia cobbi , C. & P.

Davisia cobbi, Cooper & Preston, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. v.

pp. 113, 114, pi. iv. figs. 9, 10 (1910).

King George’s Bay; Crooked Inlet, under stones ; Roy

Cove, at low water, spring tides ; and also dredged at

4-6 fathoms.

Th is also occurred at Burdwood Bank, S. of the Falklands

( IF. 8. Bruce).

Fam. Cyrenidae.

Sphcerium vaUentinianum} sp. n. (PI. VII. figs. 3, 3 a, 3 b.)

Sp>h. testa eonvexo-globosa, tenui, paullum obliqua, laevigata, um-

bonibus rotundatis, contiguis, epidermide pallide olivaceo-stra-

mineacontecta, superficie concentrice lineis incrementalibuspaucis

distantibus conspicuo praedita, margine dorsali utrinque leniter

* Pelseneer, Voy. an S.Y. ‘Belgica,’ Zoologie, p. 15, pi. ix. fig. 124

(1903).

t J. Thiele, Deutsche Siid-Polar Exped. xiii. Band, Ileft 2, p. 270,

pi. xviii. fig. 23 (1912).

133

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

declivi, lateribus ad marginem ventralem rotundatis, postice

paullum protenso, pagina intus alba, cardinis dentibus normalibus.

Alt. 4*50, lat. 5 mm.

Hah. Herbert Stream, Roy Cove, on mud ; also in large

pond, Port North.

Interesting, as the first non-marine Pelecypod recorded

from these islands. Its nearest congeners, perhaps, are

S. novcezeJandice , Desh., and S. ovale, Stimps. There

appear two forms, one slightly smaller and more oblique.

W e name it specifically in honour of its discoverers, Mr. and

Mrs. Rupert Vallentin, whose researches, both botanical,

zoological, and biological, have proved o£ such lasting service

to the students of the productions of these remote southern

climes.

Suborder C ARDI ACEA.

Cardium edale , L.

Cardium edule, Linn6, Syst. Nat. p. 1124 ; Forbes & Hanley, ii. p, 15,

pi. xxxii. figs. 1-4.

King George’s Bay.

Suborder Veneracea.

Fam. Veneridae.

Cryptogramma subimbricata, Sowb.

Venus subimbricata (Sowb.), Reeve, Conch. Icon. xiv. pi. xix. fig. 85.

Roy Cove Beach, after south-westerly gale ; only one

brightly coloured and well-marked half-valve.

The original locality of this species, hardly to be expected

so far south, is Puerto Portrera, Central America ( Hugh

Cuming). We consider its presence in the West Falklands

must be owing to adventitious circumstances.

Gomphina ( Aeolus ) foveolata (C. & P.).

Psephis foveolata, Cooper & Preston, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8,

vol. v. pp. 110-114, fig. (1910).

Gomphina ( Aeolus ) foveolata , A. J. Jukes-Browne, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 8, vol. xii. p. 480 (1913).

Whaler Bay ; Shallow Bay ; King George’s Bay.

We are obliged to Mr. II. B. Preston, one of the authors,

for the identification of thi3 very interesting species, which

is, apparently, being found to be generally distributed around

the Falkland group. Mr. Jukes-Browne has also kindly

favoured us with good specimens.

134

Dr. J, C, Melvill and Mr. R. Standen on

Fam. Mactridae.

Darina solenoides (King).

Erycina solenoides, King, Zool. Journ. y. p. 835 (1832).

Darina solenoides, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xi. p. 42

(1853).

Darina kingi, Fischer, Man. de Conch, p. 1119 (1887).

Lutraria tenuis, Phil. Wiegmann’s Archiv fiir Naturg. 1845, p. 70.

Darina solenoides, E. A. Smith, Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond. vi. p. 337

(1905).

Hoy Cove. At low water, in and upon muddy banks.

This species extends around the Straits of Magellan, but

does not appear otherwise than sparingly. It is reported by

Mr. Edgar Smith from Tierra del Euego, on San Sebastian

Beach (Crawshay) , Rear-Admiral Philip Parker King, R.N.,

F.R.S., the discoverer, collected it first at Port Famine,

Straits of Magellan.

The Lutraria solenoides, Lamarck, is, according to Gwyn-

JefFreys, the British L. oblonga. Lamarck, indeed, quotes

this name in his synonymy, giving “ Ocdan d'Europe ” as

the locality. We are indebted to Mr. Edgar Smith for this

information.

Suborder Tellinacea.

Fa m. Tellinidae.

Tellina squalida , Pult.

Tellina squalida, Pulteney, in Hutchins. Dorset, p. 29 (1774).

Tellina incarnata, Forbes & Hanley, i. p. 298, pi. xx. fig. 6 ; Sowerby,

Illustr. Index Brit. Moll. pi. iii. fig. 14 (1859).

Tellina squalida, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch, ii. p. 884 (1863).

Crooked Island, at low water.

We cannot separate this from the European and British

species. It is represented in the collection before us by a

single right valve — this being, however, in fairly good

condition, shining, yellowish flesh-colour, slightly rayed

anteriorly.

Suborder M Y A CEA.

Fam. Myidae.

Mya antarctica , sp. n. (PI. VII. figs. 6, 6 a.)

M. testa mediocri, rudi, calcarea, sordide alba, inaequivalvi, hiulca,

umbonibus incurvis, parvis, contiguis, superficie concentrice rudi-

striata, antice subrotundata, margine ventrali fere recto, postice

truneata, epidermide evanide olivaceo-brunnea, pagina intus

135

Mollusca from the North-west Falklands.

calcareo-alba, parum nitente, cardine valvae sinistrae dente

spathulato magno, dextrae fossa congruente praedito, ligamento

interno.

Alt. 11, lat. 16 mm.

Hah. “N.W. Falklands/’

We can find no My a, till now, recorded from the Southern

Hemisphere. This new form much resembles, at first sight,

a miniature M. truncata , L., but, as first pointed out to us by

Mr. Edgar Smith, the concentric lines and sculpture anteriorly

are closer and altogether different in character.

In 1898 we published the description, under the name

Thracia antarctica, of a shell from Lively Island, E. Falk-

lands, collected by Miss Cobb *. We think it possible this

may be the same species. It was rather larger, ruder in build,

and distorted, so that we considered it, at the time, most allied

to Thracia distorta , Phil. The discovery of a good series

of specimens is much to be desired, both of this and the My a,

when the question may be cleared up.

Saxicava arctica (L.).

My a arctica, Linne, Syst. Nat. p. 1113.

Saxicava arctica (L.), Forbes & Hanley, i. p. 141, pi. vi. figs. 4-6.

Var. antarctica , Phil.

Saxicava antarctica, Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturg. (1845) ; Trans.

Royal Soc. Edinb. xlvi. p. 151 (1907).

Port Egremont, on the beach after a gale, also at the roots

of Macrocystis and other fucoid algae.

Fam. Solenidse.

Solen mack a , Mol.

Solen macha , Molina, Hist. Nat. du Chile, p. 178 (1787) ; Gmelin,

Syst. Nat. p. 3226; D’Orbigny, Am6r. Merid. p. 505 ; Gay, Hist, de

Chile, Zool. vol.viii. p. 369, pi. viii. fig. 6.

Solen gladiolus , Gray, in Beechey’s Voyage * Blossom,’ p. 153, pi. xliii.

fig. 4.

Solen macha, Reeve, Conch. Icon., Solen , fig. 28 ; u Oken,” Martini &

Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. Taf. viii. p. 26, fig. 5 (1888).

Sandy beach on Pebble Island, after severe shore-gales.

“This beach faces due north, and appears to be the only

locality for this species in the Falklands. ft was impossible

to hunt for them, and so procure live examples, owing to

the heavy surf.” — R. V .

A very fine and large species.

# Journ. of Conch, ix, p. 105, pi. i. fige. 13, 13 a (1898).

136

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Suborder Anatinacea.

Fam. Lyonsiidse.

Lyonsia cuneata (Gray).

Anatina cuneata , J. E. Gray, Spicil. Zool. pi. iii. fig. 14.

P Lyonsia malvinensis, vide Fischer, Man. de Conch, p. 172 (1887).

Rapid Point, Port Egremont ; also Roy Cove, small, live

examples.

We cannot discover either a description of L. malvinensis

or authority for the appellation, and therefore conjecture it

to be a mere nomen nudum. The specimens from the localities

above quoted are small, few, and sometimes distorted ; we

are not quite sure, therefore, whether they have been dis-

tinguished aright. L. cuneata , Gray ( Osteodesma , Desh.),

was reported from Port Stanley, East Falklands, on stranded

roots of Macrocijstis, by the Scottish National Antarctic

Expedition (1902-1905).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1 . Savatieria bertrandi, sp. n.

Fig. 2. Limopsis hardinyii , sp. n.

Fig. 3. Sphcerium vallentinianum, sp. n.

Fig. 4. Brachyodontes ( Hormomya ) blakeanus, sp. n.

Fig. 5. Cyamium ( Cyamionema ) decoratum, sp. n.

Fig. 6. My a antarctica, sp. n.

Big. 7. Voluta ancilla, Sol. (embryonic).

XIII. — Descriptions and Records of Bees. — LVI.

By T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado.

Stenotritus elegans, Smith, variety a.

A female from Tennant's Creek, Central Australia [Field ;

Nat. Mus. Victoria, 46), has apparently been in alcohol, and

the pubescence is in bad condition. So far as can be made

out, there is no fuscous hair on the thorax above, and no

black hair on the abdomen. The mesothorax shows olive-

green tints in front. The first r. n. joins the second s.m. a

little before the middle, instead of a little beyond as in

Smith's type of S. elegans . Possibly this is a distinct

species, but it cannot be satisfactorily separated without

better material.

No males assigned to Stenotritus are known ; but it seems

MeMEb.

AnJb.&Mag.Ncit.mst, S. 8. Vol.XHT.Pl. VII.

MOLLUSCA FROM NORTH-WEST FALKLAND S.

137

Records of Bees.

very probable that the genus Gastropsis, Smith, represents

the male sex of Stenotritus. The two agree in venation and

the structure of the metathorax.

Paracolletes crassipes, Smith.

A male from Caloundra, Oct. 30, 1912 (Queensl. Mus. 73),

is peculiar in the venation, the third s.m. being extremely

broad above, and the third t.-c. strongly bowed outward,

with only a single curve.

Paracolletes nigrofulvus , sp. n.

<$ . — Length about 11^ mm., rather slender.

Black, with the hind margins of the abdominal segments,

and the hind tarsi, obscurely ferruginous ; hair of head and

thorax abundant, mostly pale ochreous, but brownish black

on sides of face, on front and vertex (but not on occiput),

on mesothorax except anteriorly, and on scutellum ; flagel-

lum strongly crenulated beneath, scarcely reddish ; head

broad, facial quadrangle much broader than long; mandibles

dark ; clypeus densely covered with light ochreous hair, but

just above the hair is brownish; mesothorax and scutellum

shining, very sparsely and feebly punctured ; postscutellum

unarmed ; area of metathorax smooth and shining, obtusely

transversely ridged in middle. Legs with ochreous hair ;

spurs testaceous ; tegulse shining piceous. Wings dusky ;

nervures and the large stigma red-brown ; b. n. meeting

t.-m. ; second s.m. receiving first r. n. distinctly before

middle ; third s.m. receiving second r. n. a little before the

end; third s.m. nearly or quite twice as large as second.

Abdomen shining, without evident punctures, the basal

segments with thin pale ochraceous hair, but on the third

and beyond this gives way to black, very short and scanty

until the sixth segment, on which it is long ; the sides sub-

apically show long pale hair ; apical plate broadly expanded

at end, truncate.

Hab. Shoalhaven, New South Wales, March 9, 1894

( Froggatt , 72).

In my table in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1905, p. 345, this

runs to 15, and runs out because of the ochraceous and

black hair. It is related to the Tasmanian P. obscurus (Sm.).

In my table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1906, it runs

to P. obscuripennis , Ckll., a related but much smaller Tas-

manian species.

138

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Paracolletes providellus bacchalis , subsp. n.

d . — Length a little over 7 mm.

Differing from providellus as follows : abdomen with only

the faintest greenish tinge, easily overlooked ; hind tibiae,

and basal half of their basitarsi, bright chestnut-red ; hair

of face stained with fuscous, of scape, front, and vertex dark

fuscous or black ; tegulae piceous ; hind margins of abdo-

minal segments hardly at all reddish ; b. n. meeting t.-m.

Hab. Bacchus Marsh, 2.1.06 (F. L. Billing hurst ; Nat.

Mus. Victoria, 88).

I should have thought this a new species, were it not

that the two following varieties appear to connect it with

P. providellus : —

Variety a. Abdomen distinctly dark green ; hind tibiae

and greater part of basitarsi chestnut-red. Victoria,

Sept. 1901 (C. French ; Turner collection).

Variety b. Abdomen distinctly dark green ; hind legs

coloured as in the other forms, except that the tibiae

have a broad dusky shade beyond the middle.

Windsor, Victoria ( French ; Froggatt coll. 186).

Paracolletes ibex, sp. n.

<$ .' — Length 8 mm.

Slender, black ; hair of head and thorax long, greyish

white, black on sides of face and on vertex ; mesothorax and

scutellum with very long black hairs ; upper part of face

with a little black hair ; head broad ; mandibles red at apex ;

clypeus dullish, not strongly punctured ; flagellum dark,

crenulated below, and the margins of the joints projecting

above, the whole suggesting the horns of an ibex ; meso-

thorax moderately shining, little punctured ; scutellum dull

and granular ; area of metathorax large, dull, shining at

extreme base. Legs slender, black, with pale hair; spurs

creamy white ; tegulae piceous. Wings a little dusky,

nervures and the large stigma dusky ferruginous ; b. n.

meeting t.-m. ; second s.m. broad, receiving first r. n. a

little beyond middle ; third s.m. broad above, receiving

second r. n. some distance from end. Abdomen dullish,

black, hardly punctured, hind margins of segments obscure

reddish ; hair of abdomen very thin, scattered, pale, but

dark fuscous at apex ; ventral segments with thin white

hair-fringes.

Hab. Windsor, Victoria ( French , 1909; Froggatt coll. 95).

Records of Bees .

130

Allied apparently to P. cvnereus (Sm.), but differing by

the black legs and other characters. Easily known from

P. providellus bacchalis by the peculiar antennae.

Paracolletes semipur pur eus (Cockerell), var. b.

$ . — Vertex, thorax above, and tubercles with light orange-

fulvous hair, contrasting with the white of face, pleura, and

metathorax; anterior and middle basitarsi almost entirely

black ; red of hind tibiae and tarsi rather dusky. Abdomen

strongly crimson, the hair at end mostly whitish, but fuscous

at extreme apex ; b. n. meeting t.-m.

Hab. Rutherglen, Victoria ( French , 1909 ; Froggatt coll.

87).

This is a variable species, but I believe certainly distinct

from P. cuprcus (Sm.), with which it was at first associated

as a subspecies. A specimen of P. cceruleotinctus, Ckll., is

also labelled Rutherglen, 1909 ( French ; Eroggatt coll. 85).

Paracolletes sigillatus , sp. n.

$ . — Length 10 mm.

Black, including the legs (tarsi reddish at end), the short

flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base, the mandibles

dark red apically, and the hind margins of the abdominal

segments broadly testaceous ; hair of head and thorax pale

ochreous dorsal ly, somewhat fuscous on vertex, but on face,

cheeks, pleurse, and metathorax dull white ; head broad ;

clypeus only moderately shining, with scattered punctures

mesothorax shining, with weak punctures ; scutellum shining-

in front, dull and rough behind ; postscutellum angularly

produced behind, with a small shining button-like tubercle

(suggesting the seal on the flap of an envelope, whence the

specific name) ; area of metathorax dull, but other parts of

metathorax brilliantly shining. Legs with pale hair, hind

tibial scopa suffused with fuscous on outer side; t.egulse dark

rufo-piceous. Wings dusky, nervures and stigma dark

brown ; b. n. falling a little short of t.-m. ; stigma lanceo-

late ; marginal cell long and narrow ; second s.m. small,

receiving first r. n. a little before middle ; third s.m. very

large, more than twice as large as second, as broad above as-

second is below, receiving second r. n. as far from its end as

first r. n. is from base of second s.m. Abdomen shining,

not punctured, densely covered apically with very pale

dusky ochreous hair, and bands of the same covering the

pallid margins of the third and fourth segments, and of the

second at sides.

140 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

Hab. South Australia ; the specimen is 74 of the Froggatt

collection, and is labelled " S. Aust., W. W. F., Blackburn,

1909/'

By the character of the postscutellum, the large third

submarginal cell, &c., this falls next to P. tuberculatus , Ckll.,

but it has a very different abdomen.

Paracolletes humerosus cyanurus , subsp. n.

$ . — Length a little over 9 mm.

Rather slender ; hair of vertex and dorsum of thorax

(except broad anterior corners of mesothorax) black ; the

large humeral hair-patches very conspicuous, white, with a

faint creamy tint ; abdomen shining, distinctly purplish, the

hind margins of the segments broadly reddened ; hair at

apex black ; pygidial plate bright ferruginous. The legs

agree with humerosus as described by Smith ; stigma and

nervures dark ferruginous ; first r. n. entering second s.m.

before middle (as in humerosus) ; third s.m. very broad

above.

Hab. “ Oakley, Victoria " ( French , 1909 ; Froggatt coll.

78).

Possibly a distinct species, but certainly very close to

P. humerosus (Smith).

Paracolletes rebellis , Cockerell.

Three from Nat. Mus. Victoria (113, 114, 115), one from

Woodend, the others without locality.

Paracolletes melbournensis , Cockerell.

Rutherglen, Victoria ( French ; Froggatt coll. 193); no

locality (Nat. Mus. Victoria, 101).

Paracolletes leai , Cockerell.

Wilson's Promontory, Christmas 1905 ( J . A. Kershaw ,

Nat. Mus. Viet. 264) ; Buchan, Jan. 20, 1907 (Nat. Mus.

Viet. 81) ; King I., Tasmania {J. A . Kershaw ; Nat. Mus.

Viet. 204, 205, 208).

Paracolletes tuberculatus , Cockerell.

Oakleigh ( B . Hill ; Nat. Mus. Viet. 79) ; no locality

(Nat. Mus. Viet. 82).

Paracolletes argentifrons , Smith, var. a.

W. Australia (F. Duboulay , Nat. Mus. Viet. 73).

Records of Bees.

141

Paracolletes providus, Smith.

Near Melbourne (Nat. Mus. Viet. 262) ; no locality

(Nat. Mus. Viet. 87) ; N.S. Wales ( J . A. Kershaw , N.it.

Mus. Viet. 83).

Paracolletes viridicinclus, Cockerell.

Croydon, Jan. 11, 1909 (S. W. Fulton ; Nat. Mus. Viet.

91, 92, 94). Perhaps not quite typical, but not to be

separated.

Parasphecodes venniculatus , sp. n.

d . — Length 9 mm.

Parallel-sided, not very slender; head, thorax, and the

long antennae black ; clypeus with the apical part broadly

cream-colour, the light area coming to a point in middle

above ; labrum black, with the transverse projecting edge

ferruginous ; mandibles black ; tongue short and broad ;

hair of head and thorax dull greyish white, rather scanty ;

eyes strongly converging below ; mesothorax and scutellum

entirely dull and minutely granular; pleura rugulose ; area

of metathorax large, sharply bounded in middle behind,

entirely covered with strong vermiform rugse, the depressions

between them shining, and quite without a smooth posterior

margin ; tegulse dark rufous with a darker spot. Wings

hyaline, conspicuously dusky at apex ; stigma dark rufous,

nervures fuscous ; second s.m. very broad ; first r. n. meeting

second t.-c. ; third s.m. quadrate, broad above, with the

outer side bulging; outer nervures not weakened ; femora

black, with the knees red ; tibiae bright chestnut-red, the

hind ones more or less suffused with dusky ; tarsi black,

with apex of last joint red. Abdomen bright chestnut-red,

the fifth segment and beyond black or nearly ; first two

segments very minutely punctured ; suture between first

and second somewhat depressed, but not that between second

and third ; first segment wholly red ; no lateral hair-patches ;

a black patch on ventral side at extreme base.

Hab. Australia, presumably Victoria ; Nat. Mus. Victoria,

173, presented by G. F. Gill.

In my table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. HLt., Sept. 1904, this

runs to P. stuchila , Sm., differing by the densely wrinkled

base of metathorax, first abdominal segment (dorsal) entirely

red, third segment not depressed at base, and first r. n.

meeting second t.-c. Otherwise it agrees with Smith's

account of P. stuchila , and my notes on the type. The

142

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

combination of red tibise with black tarsi is a striking

feature, and throws it entirely out of the table in Trans.

Amer. Ent. Soc., Aug. 1910.

Parasphecodes arciferus , sp. n.

$ . — Length 9 mm., expanse a little over 18.

Head, thorax, antennse, and legs black, except that the

flagellum is ferruginous beneath apically (this is not con-

spicuous), and the tarsi are obscurely reddish at apex ; hair

of head and thorax greyish white; head broad; clypeus

shining, with sparse distinct punctures and a strong median

depression ; mandibles dark red subapically ; vertex shining ;

mesothorax and scutellum densely and rather coarsely

punctured, the shining surface visible between the punctures

on scutellum and hind part of mesothorax ; tubercles densely

fringed with white hair ; area of metathorax peculiar, the

hind margin thickened and obtuse, but interrupted in middle,

so that the rather narrow area proper, which is finely

obliquely striate, has its hind edge curved on each side and

pointed in the middle, like a printer's bracket ; sides of

metathorax very hairy. Legs with pale hair, middle femora

with a fulvous tuft beneath at base; hind spur simple;

tegulae rufo-piceous. Wings hyaline, broadly dusky apically ;

stigma dark reddish, nervures sepia, third t.-c. and second

r. n. conspicuously weakened ; stigma rather small ; second

s. m. very broad, receiving first r. n. before its end; third

s.m. much broader below than above. Abdomen chestnut-

red, the basal half of first segment black, the third segment

suffused with blackish, the fourth and fifth black, the hair

at apex dark sooty ; first two segments conspicuously

punctured, the punctures well separated on middle of second ;

very small white hair-patches at sides of base of segments 2

and 3 ; fourth and following ventral segments black ; second

ventral segment with a large median tubercle.

Hab. Mordialloc, Victoria (F. P. Spry ; Nat. Mus. Viet.

256).

In the table in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1904, this

falls with P „ tuchilas , Sm., and P. lichatus, Sm. In P. tuchilas

the area of metathorax is bounded by a sharp ridge, and the

hind margins of the first two abdominal segments are

darkened. In P. lichatus the metathorax is also unlike that

of P. arciferus. From all the similar species, P. arciferus is

readily known by the tubercle on the second ventral segment

of abdomen.

143

Records of Bees.

Parasphecodes fultoni, sp. n.

$ . — Length 9 mm.

Head, thorax, antennae, and legs black, with light ochra-

ceous pubescence, becoming light fulvous dorsally ; mandibles

obscurely reddish apically ; clypeus shining apically, dull

basally, strongly punctured, without a median groove ; meso-

thorax densely and finely rugoso -punctate ; scutellum

similarly punctured, but bigibbous, with a median sulcus,

the summits of the elevations shining ; area of metathorax

large, covered with strong rather wavy longitudinal rugae,

except a narrow apical band just before the semicircular

rather sharp edge ; upper part of truncation with a rather

inconspicuous but long tuft of pale hair ; inner side of tarsi

with reddish hair ; tegulae bright clear fulvous. Wings

dusky, darker apically; stigma dull ferruginous, large;

nervures sepia, third t.-c. and second r. n. weakened ; second

s.m. small ; first r. n. meeting second t.-c. ; third s.m,

broader below than above. Abdomen with the first two

segments chestnut-red (the first not black at base), very

finely punctured ; third more dusky, nearly half covered by

a large broad blackish triangular area, but hind margin

broadly red ; fourth black, with the hind margin dull red ;

apical segments black, and hair at apex black ; second and

third segments with fine white pile at extreme base laterally.

Hab. Croydon, Australia, Jan. 11, 1909 ( S . W. Fulton ;

N. Mus. Yict. 189).

Mr. Fulton, on the same day, took P. speculiferus , Ckll.

(N. Mus. Yict. 199), at Croydon ; it is very like P. fultoni,

but differs in the colour of the hair, the darker tegulae, and

the finer, not wrinkled, rugae of metathoracic area. P. fultoni

is also closely allied to P. cirriferus, Ckll., but much

smaller.

Parasphecodes plorator , Cockerell.

The original type was labelled Melbourne, but seven

specimens now before me were all collected by Mr. S. W.

Fulton at Croydon (Nat. Mus. Victoria, 90, 95, 98, 241,

242, 244, 245).

The females of the black or almost black species of

Parasphecodes known to me may be separated as follows : —

Area of metathorax without rugae plorator, Ckll.

Area of metathorax with rugae 1.

1. Apical half of abdominal venter with coarse

black hair fumidicaudus, Ckll.

Apical half of abdominal venter with light

hair

o

J44 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

2. Second ventral segment of abdomen with a

dense tuft of liair covering the slight median

elevation . noachinus, Ckll,

Second ventral segment without such a tuft of

hair; mesothorax more densely punctured. . 3.

3. Tubercle on second ventral segment low ;

abdomen wholly black dissimulator , Ckll.

Tubercle on second ventral segment high ;

first three segments of abdomen very dark

red atrorufescens, Ckll.

There is one other species, P. carbonarius ( Halictus

carbonarius , Smith). This is nearest to P. noachinus, but

smaller, with more dark hair on the legs.

Parasphecodes fumidicaudus, sp. n.

$ . — Length 10J mm.

Pitch-black (including the legs), flagellum reddish at

apex ; pubescence black, more or less pallid on cheeks and

sides of metathorax, and tubercles with a dense pale fringe ;

clypeus prominent, with sparse strong punctures and (to-

ward base) much smaller ones, and a median depression ;

fringe below clypeus wholly dark ; mesothorax moderately

shining, distinctly and rather closely punctured, more

sparsely on the disc posteriorly ; scutellum bigibbous, with

minute punctures, and scattered larger ones ; area of meta-

thorax rather strongly obliquely ridged, with a thickened

margin interrupted in middle, much as in arciferus. Legs

with dark hair ; tegulae black. Wings dilute fuliginous,

nervures and the rather small stigma vex’y dark reddish;

second s.m. very broad ; first r. n. meeting second t.-c. ;

second r. n. and third t.-c. thin. First two abdominal seg-

ments distinctly but not very densely punctured ; apex with

black hair.

Hab. Stradbroke Island, Queensland, Oct, 2, 1911

(H. Hacher , Queensl. Mus. 21).

Parasphecodes noachinus , sp. n.

9 . — Length 11 mm., expanse about 20

Black (including the legs), flagellum with the apical half

very obscurely reddish beneath ; hair of head and thorax

pale grey, with much black on face, front, vertex, mesothorax,

and scutellum; clypeus longitudinally grooved, with very

strong punctures, and some small ones ; front and vertex

shining ; mesothorax shining, but not brilliantly, strongly

but not very densely punctured, quite sparsely at sides of

middle ; scutellum bigibbous, shining, and sparsely punc-

tured ; area of metathorax delicately obliquely striate, the

145

Records of Bees.

hind margin swollen and obtuse, interrupted in middle.

Legs with dull white hair, dark fuscous on outer side of

middle and hind tibiae ; hind spur simple ; tegulae black.

Wings dilute brownish, stigma and nervures very dark

reddish brown ; second s.m. broad, about square ; first r. n.

joining second t.-c. ; outer nervures thin but dark. Abdo-

men shining, finely punctured, the hind margins of: the

segments broadly smooth and impunctate ; the first segment

has a smooth impunctate area on each side ; hair at apex

black, of venter white to end of fourth segment ; the

second abdominal segment is very finely white-ciliate at

0^ trom c base

Hab. Ararat, Victoria (W. F. Hill ; N. Mus. Viet. 78,

80). Two specimens.

Parasphecodes dissimulator , sp. n.

$ . — Length about 11 mm.

Black, including legs ; flagellum rather bright ferruginous

at apex ; clypeus shining, sparsely and irregularly punctured,

with a median sulcus; front roughened, hardly shining ;

hair of head and thorax dull white, mixed with fuscous on

front of head, and to some extent on disc of thorax ; meso-

thorax densely punctured, shining between the punctures ;

scutellum flattened, closely punctured, not bigibbous ; area

of metathorax of the same type as in P. noachinus, but the

striae very feeble. Legs with rather more dark hair than

in P. noachinus , the hind tibiae with a band of red-brown

hair on outer side, hind basitarsus with a brush of red hair

at end ; tegulae rufo-piceous. Wings strongly dusky,

nervures and stigma ferruginous ; second s.m. broad,

receiving first r. n. at its apical corner. Abdomen nearly

as in the allied species, the punctures on second segment

small and not at all dense ; hair at apex black, of venter

pale; second ventral segment with a slight elevation.

Hab. One specimen labelled Carrom, Victoria ( French ;

Froggatt coll. 176).

Parasphecodes atrorufescens , sp. n.

? . — Length 10 mm.

Robust, black, with the first three abdominal segments

very dark red ; flagellum black, very faintly reddish at end ;

clypeus shining, with a slender median groove and sparse

only moderately large punctures; front dullish, granular,

but shining below middle ocellus ; hair of head and thorax

as in P. dissimulator ; mesothorax densely, rather coarsely

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii. 10

14G

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

punctured; scutelium slightly bigibbous, with small well-

separated punctures on a shining surface ; base of meta-

thorax of the same type as that of P. noachinus. Legs with

much dark hair, covering outer side of middle and hind

tibiae and tarsi ; brush at apex of hind basitarsi dark ;

tegulae black. Wings dusky, very strongly so apically ;

stigma and nervures piceous ; second s.m. very broad, re-

ceiving first r. n. well before its end. Abdomen shining,

the first two segments finely punctured, the first more closely

than the second; hair at apex black; of venter, to end of

fourth segment, glistening silvery ; second ventral segment

with a very large tubercle, the posterior slope of which is

beset with silvery hairs.

Hab. Purnong (S. W. Fulton ; Nat. Mus. Victoria, 138).

Andrena bateice , Cockerell.

Anirena batesice , Cockerell, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xxxvi. p. 248.

Cyprus.

Following, I believe, an erroneous label, I wrote batesice ,

and the collector's name Miss Bates, although I ought to

have known better, being well aware of the brilliant work

of Miss Dorothea Bate in Cyprus.

Ccelioxys ducalis, Smith.

Professor C. F. Baker sends me this fine species, collected

by himself at Los Banos, Philippine Islands. At the same

locality he has also taken both sexes of C. philippensis,

Bingham.

Xylocopa morio callichlora, Cockerell, variety a.

Apical half of anterior wings suffused with coppery red.

Three females; Guayaquil, Ecuador, May to June, 1913

(C. T. Brues). X. callichlora probably deserves to rank as a

distinct species.

X IV. — Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Noctuidae.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.

[Continued from vol. xii. p. 601.]

Cucullianm.

2122 b. Cucullia nubipicta , sp. n.

g . Head and thorax blue-grey mixed with fuscous brown ;

tegulae with two dark lines at middle and one near tips ;

palpi with blackish streaks at sides except towards tip ;

pectus whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdomen grey tinged

147

Genera and Species of Noctuidse.

with dark brown, the ventral surface whitish tinged with

red-brown. Fore wing blue-grey irrorated with blackish ;

a slight blackish streak on costa towards base ; antemedial

line blackish, diffused to submedian fold, then slight,

strongly angled inwards on vein 1 and outwards above inner

margin, the inner area beyond it tinged with fuscous ; a

slight black point in upper part of middle of cell ; reniform

hardly traceable, with slight black streak above and minute

black points on inner and outer sides above, a small black

spot above it on costa with the indistinct dark post medial

line arising from it, strongly bent outwards below costa,

then waved, very oblique below vein 4 and angled inwards

in submedian fold to near the antemedial line, then outwards

at vein 1 ; the costal area tinged with fuscous towards apex ;

subterminal line very indistinct, dark, incurved below vein 4,

some dark suffusion beyond it at discal fold and below

vein 2 ; a terminal series of black striae. Hind wing semi-

hyaline white, the veins tinged with brown especially towards

termen ; the underside with the costa irrorated with brown

except towards base.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Aberdare Mts., 8000' ( Neave ), 1 $

type. Exp. 44 mm.

2188 b. Callierges peruviana , sp. n.

Antennae of male with the apical part simple ; the branches

long on inner side, very short on outer.

cf . Head white and dark brown ; antennae dark brown ;

thorax blue-grey mixed with dark brown, the tegulae with

white line near tips, which are black-brown ; tarsi black-

brown ringed with white; abdomen grey dorsally suffused

with dark reddish brown, ventrally irrorated with brown.

Fore wing blue-grey irrorated with dark brown and striated

with black, the medial area suffused with dark brown ex-

tending obliquely to costa near apex ; a curved black streak

below base of cell ; antemedial line absent ; claviform large,

defined by black ; orbicular grey irrorated with brown and

defined by black except above, extending to below the cell ;

reniform grey irrorated with brown and defined by black

except on upper part of outer side, rather rounded ; post-

medial line black, oblique to vein 6, then inwardly oblique,

strongly dentate and incurved in submedian interspace to

near the claviform ; subterminal line represented by a dark

shade between veins 7 and 4 and an oblique black streak

from above vein 2 to submedian fold ; a fine dark line

expanding into spots at the interspaces; a fine white line at

base of cilia. Hind wing white, the marginal areas suffused

with reddish brown, the veins black-brown ; a small black

10*

148

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

discoidal spot ; cilia with a brown line through them ; the

underside with the costal area irrorated with brown, a post-

medial series of short black streaks on the veins.

Bab. Peru, Acopampa (Watkins), 1 £ type. Eocp .

34 mm.

2378 a. Derthisa hcemapasta, sp. n.

? . Head and thorax ochreous white faintly tinged with

rufous, the metathorax rufous at extremity ; antennae

brownish ; palpi brown at base; abdomen ochreous white

tinged with brown, the anal tuft rufous. Fore wing ochreous

white tinged with rufous ; the basal area suffused with

blood-red and with a slight dark streak above inner margin ;

subbasal line represented by black striae from costa and cell ;

antemedial line blackish, obliquely excurved and slightly

sinuous ; the cell and area before the postmedial line from

costa to vein 2 suffused with blood-red ; orbicular and reni-

form ochreous white with some blood-red in centres, defined

at sides by blackish, the former rounded and conjoined to a

similar spot on and below median nervure, the latter con-

stricted at middle and extending to well below the cell ;

postmedial line blackish, oblique to vein 7, then somewhat

dentate, slightly incurved at discal fold and strongly below

vein 3 ; subterminal line whitish, defined on inner side by

blood-red towards costa, excurved below vein 7 and at

middle, incurved and slightly waved below vein 4 ; a terminal

series of small dark brown lunules ; cilia dark brown at tips.

Hind wing uniform ochreous white.

Hab. Tripoli, Cyrene ( Sladden ), 1 $ type, j Exp. 36 mm.

2688 a, Amathes tripolensis , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax purplish red-brown mixed with some

grey ; palpi and sides of frons black-brown ; pectus except

in frons and hind legs whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdo-

men whitish suffused with ochreous brown. Fore wing bright

purplish red-brown slightly irrorated with dark scales ; ante-

medial line slight, dark, excurved below costa, then indistinctly

double filled in with 'whitish and obliquely excurved ; orbi-

cular an oblique dark bar ; reniform a blackish-brown lunule ;

postmedial line indistinctly double, dark filled in nith

whitish, somewhat excurved to vein 4, then incurved ; sub-

terminal line represented by a series of minute dark spots in

the interspaces, slightly excurved below vein 7 ; a terminal

series of small dark spots, llind wing white faintly tinged

with brown ; a small blackish discoidal spot, diffused dark

149

Genera and Species o/Noctuidae.

subterminal line and slight terminal line; the underside

with the costal area tinged with red-brown, some dark points

on termen towards apex.

Hab. Tripoli, Cyrene ( Sladden ), 1 $ type. Exp. 38 mm.

Aceontctinje.

2867 a. Trachea normalis , sp. n.

S . Head and thorax pale reddish brown mixed with

fuscous ; tarsi blackish ringed with white ; abdomen ochreous

tinged with brown. Fore wing ochreous thickly irrorated

with brown and blackish; subbasal line represented by

double black striae from costa and cell, some black beyond

it below the costa ; antemedial line black defined on inner

side by ochreous, curved, waved; claviform defined by rather

diffused black, short ; orbicular and reniform defined by

black, the former round, the latter open above and with

slight black streaks beyond it above and below vein 6 ;

medial line represented by a small black spot on the costa

and diffused line from lower angle of cell to inner margin;

postmedial line black, double at costa, bent outwards below

costa, then dentate, incurved below vein 4, the costa beyond

it blackish with some pale points ; subterminal line blackish,

slightly angled outwards at vein 7 and excurved at veins 4,

3 ; a terminal series of small black lunules ; cilia with a

black line at middle. Hind wing white, the termen tinged

with brown ; a dark terminal lme; cilia white mixed with

brown ; the underside with the costal and terminal areas

irrorated with brown, a small blackish discoidal spot and

postmedial line excurved below the costa.

Hab. Transvaal, Pretoria (Zutrencka) , 1 £ type. Exp.

38 mm.

2876 a. Trachea leucura , sp. n.

Abdomen of male with very large white genital tufts ;

both wings on underside slightly clothed with ferruginous

hair and scales to beyond middle.

S . Head, thorax, and abdomen cupreous red-brown, the

last with very large white genital tuft of hair ; tarsi dark

brown ringed with white. Fore wing cupreous red-brown ;

a white point at base of cell and small subbasal spots below

costa and cell, the lower with a dark streak beyond it in

submedian fold to below origin of vein 2 ; small antemedial

white spots below costa and in submedian fold ; orbicular

represented by three white points with a dark streak beyond

them to the reniform, which is defined by seven white points ;

150

Sir G. F. Hampton on new

a small white spot on costa above end of cell with some points

beyond it ; a small postmedial spot on inner margin ; small

subterminal white spots below costa, on vein 4 and above

tornus with white points on slight dark marks between

them ; a fine terminal dark line with white points at the

veins and a fine white line at base of cilia. Hind wing pale

cupreous brown ; a fine dark terminal line and whitish line

at base of cilia. Underside of both wings with the basal

half suffused with rufous ; fore wing with dark postmedial

line slightly excurved at middle ; hind wing with dark dis-

coidal lunule, postmedial line and traces of subterminal line

towards costa.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( SpurreU)} 1 type. Exp.

36 mm.

2878 a. Trachea phcenicolopha, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax red-brown, the prothoracic crest

with some white at tips, the patagia with some white scales ;

antennae blackish ; pectus and legs rufous, the tarsi blackish

ringed with white ; abdomen bright rufous with some whitish

at base, the lateral tufts from base of abdomen deep purple-

red. Fore wing bright red-brown suffused in parts with

dark brown ; a small tuft of white scales at base of vein 1 ;

subbasal line double, black filled in with pure white, waved,

from costa to vein 1 ; antemedial line indistinct, double,

dark, waved, with small pure white spots on it at and below

costa, in submedian fold, and on vein 1 ; orbicular with

white spot at middle and four white spots defined by blackish

at its angles ; reniforrn with white spot in upper part,

irregular spot in lower part, lunule at middle of outer edge,

and seven small white spots in its circumference, all defined

by blackish ; postmedial line indistinctly double, dark, filled

in with white at and below7 costa and towards inner margin,

bent outwards below costa, then slightly waved, incurved at

discal fold and oblique below vein 4, some white points

beyond it on costa; subterminal line with a bifid wdiite spot

at costa, then represented by a series of minute white spots

defined on inner side by dentate blackish marks, oblique

below vein 3 ; a fine black terminal line with white points

at the veins. Hind wing whitish suffused with red-brown,

especially on terminal area ; a fine dark terminal line ; the

underside whiter, a dark discoidal lunule, crenulate post-

medial line from costa to vein 2, and dark subterminal

shade from costa to vein 4.

Hab . Lorenzo Marques, 1 J type. Exp. 36 mm.

Genera and Species e/Noctuidje.

151

3105 a. Perigea gypsina , sp. n.

$ . Head and tegulae rufous mixed with whitish, the

latter with slight rufous medial line and blackish tips ;

antennas ringed brown and whitish towards base ; thorax

and abdomen white ; legs suffused with rufous, the fore

tarsi blackish with pale rings. Fore wing white ; some pale

rufous on base of costa and below the cell ; an oblique

wedge-shaped rufous antemedial patch from costa to median

nervure with traces of an oblique sinuous line from it to

inner margin ; orbicular and reniform represented by con-

fluent white patches, the former with curved rufous mark

below it and rufous above it on costa ; a rufous striga defined

on each side by white from middle of costa ; an oblique

wedge-shaped postmedial patch from costa to vein 2, above

which it is connected with the termen by a diffused fascia ;

postmedial line indistinct and dark on the rufous area, then

almost obsolete, bent outwards below costa, then dentate and

produced to a double series of blackish points with whitish

points between them, some white points beyond it on costa;

an oblique wedge-shaped rufous patch from termen below

apex and a terminal series of black points. Hind wing

white suffused with brown except at base and on inner area,

darker towards termen ; a terminal series of blackish striae

defined on inner side by white ; cilia white, brown towards

apex ; the underside white, the costal area and terminal area

to vein 2 irrorated with pale rufous, a bright rufous apical

patch and terminal series of small black luuules from apex

to vein 2.

Hab. Gold Coast, Kumasi (Sanders), 1 $ type. Exp.

40 mm.

3141 a. Perigea cupricolora , sp. n.

S . Head and thorax cupreous red slightly mixed with

blackish ; palpi with some black at side ; tarsi blackish with

pale rings ; abdomen grey-brown, the ventral surface red-

brown. Fore wing cupreous red-brown, the base and costal

half to the postmedial line with some fuscous suffusion, the

veins with dark streaks ; subbasal line represented by two

dark striae from costa ; antemedial line very indistinct,

double, w aved ; claviform a minute black spot ; orbicular

very faintly delined by brown; reniform very faintly defined

by brown and some black points, irregular, extending to

below the cell ; an oblique siuuous line from lower angle of

cell to inner margin ; postmedial line dark, slightly waved,

excurvcd to vein 4, then incurved, a series of minute black

152

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

points beyond it on the veins; snbterminal line blackish,

waved, excurved below vein 7 and at middle ; a fine black

terminal line and pale line at base of cilia. Hind wing

whitish suffused with brown especially on terminal area ;

cilia whitish tinged with rufous ; the underside brownish

white, the costal area suffused with rufous, a dark discoidal

bar and postmedial line except on inner area.

Hab. Br.E. Africa, Nairobi [Anderson), 1 $ type. Exp .

34 mm.

3144 a. Rerig ea violas cens, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax dark brown mixed with purple-grey;

tarsi blackish with pale rings ; abdomen grey suffused with

fuscous brown, the crests blackish. Fore wing dark brown

thickly irrorated with purple-grey and with a slight cupreous

gloss ; antemedial line blackish defined on inner side by

grey, double at costa, sinuous, incurved at vein 1 ; orbicular

and reniform with grey annuli, the former small, round, the

latter figure-of-eight shaped ; an indistinct sinuous dark

medial line ; postmedial line blackish defined on outer side

by grey, dentate and produced to short streaks on the veins,

excurved to vein 4, then incurved, some white points beyond

it on costa; subterminal line purple-grey defined on inner

side by dark brown suffusion, excurved below vein 7 and

at middle ; a terminal series of grey points. Hind wing

dark brown with a cupreous gloss ; a terminal series of black

striae with whitish points at the veins ; the underside blue-

grey thickly irrorated with brown, an indistinct diffused

curved postmedial line from costa to vein 2 and faint sub-

terminal shade.

Hab. C. China, Chungking ( W . R. Brown), 1 ? type.

Exp. 30 mm.

3182 a. Oligia hypoxantha , sp. n.

Mid and hind coxae of male with large tufts of black-brown

hair ; abdomen with tuft of reddish-ochreous hair on ventral

surface towards extremity ; wings on underside clothed with

ochreous androconia to near termen.

Head and thorax red-brown mixed with ochreous white ;

palpi with the second joint whitish at extremity; abdomen

brown mixed with ochreous white, the ventral surface

ochreous. Fore wing dark red-brown mixed with pale

ochreous ; antemedial line indistinct, double, brown filled in

with ochreous, sinuous ; orbicular and reniform with slight

ochreous annuli defined by black, the former round ; an indis-

tinct sinuous brown medial line ; postmedial line indistinct,

153

Genera and Species o/Noctuidse.

brown, bent outwards below costa, slightly incurved at discal

fold and incurved below vein 4; subterminal line indistinct,

brown, slightly excurved below vein 7 and at middle ; a ter-

minal series of dark points. Hind wing reddish brown.

Underside of both wings clothed with ochreous androconia,

the terminal areas brown mixed with whitish ; fore wing

with slight dark postmedial line excurved below costa ; hind

wing with black discoidal point.

Hab. Gold Coast, Bibianaha ( Spurrell ), 1 $ type ; S.

Nigeria, Olokemeji ( Dudgeon ), 1 <$ , 4 $ . Exp. 24-26 mm.

3182 b. Oligia atrivitta , sp. n.

Femora of male with tufts of hair ; fore wing with the

retinaculum formed by a friuge of scales ; hind wing on

underside with the basal half of costal area and the cell

thickly clothed with rufous scales.

S . Head reddish ochreous, the frons with blackish bars

at middle and above ; antennae brown ; palpi black-brown,

whitish in front ; thorax and abdomen black-brown, the

tegulae edged with reddish ochreous; pectus and legs reddish

ochreous, the tufts of hair on femora black, the tibiae and

tarsi banded with blackish. Fore wing with the basal and

postmedial areas reddish ochreous irrorated with brown, the

antemedial, medial, and terminal areas dark brown ; sub-

basal line blackish, curved, from costa to vein 1 ; antemedial

line blackish, curved ; orbicular with blackish outline,

round ; reniform an ill-defined ochreous patch extending to

costa and defined by black on inner side ; an oblique black

patch from the cell below the orbicular to the postmedial

line, which is indistinct, double, excurved and minutely

waved to vein 2 where it is angled inwards, then oblique to

inner margin, some blue-grey beyond it on inner area ; sub-

terminal line only defined by the dark terminal area, excurved

at vein 7 and middle ; a black terminal line and fine pale

line at base of cilia. Hind wing dark brown ; some ochreous

at base ; a fine pale line at base of cilia. Underside of fore

wing with the fringe of scales on basal costal area bright

rufous ; hind wing with the rough scales on costal area and

in ceil bright rufous.

? . Fore wing with the basal and postmedial areas

browner ; the underside without rufous.

Ab. 1. ? . Fore wing with the basal and postmedial areas

more prominently reddish ochreous, the patch on inner area

beyond the postmedial line pale ochreous.

llub. Gold Coast, Bibiauaha ( Spurrell ), 1 J, 2 $ type.

Exp. 16-20 mm.

154:

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

3414 a. Eriopus argyrosema, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax bright rufous ; antennae dark brown ;

pectus greyish ; abdomen grey-brown, the basal crest rufous.

Fore wing bright rufous ; two slight oblique whitish subbasal

lines from costa to median nervure ; antemedial line almost

medial, brown defined on inner side by whitish, inwardly

oblique and almost straight : orbicular represented by a

slight inwardly oblique whitish striga defined on outer side

by dark brown ; reniform an oblique silvery-white Y-shaped

mark defined at sides by black; a faint diffused oblique

brown line from lower angle of cell to inner margin ; post-

medial line brown, oblique and faintly defined on outer side

by whitish below vein 4, an indistinct diffused brown line

beyond it; subterminal line silvery white defined on each

side by dark brown and incurved from costa to below vein 5

and with traces of a fine waved white line beyond it, then

obsolete. Hind wing grey-brown ; cilia rufous at base,

whitish at tips ; the underside pale grey, the costal area

suffused with rufous, a dark discoidal bar and postmedial line

waved towards costa.

Hab. Peru, Chanchamayo, 1 ? type. Exp. 26 mm.

3429 a. Eriopus pyrocaut a, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax red-brown suffused with grey-white ;

antennae dark brown ; tarsi brown ringed with white ; abdo-

men pale grey-brown, the crest on third segment fiery red.

Fore wing red-brown suffused with fiery red and slightly

irrorated with whitish, the terminal area tinged with blue-

grey ; antemedial line very indistinct, whitish, excurved to

submedian fold and angled inwards at vein 1 ; minute white

spots in middle of cell and at lower angle; postmedial line

indistinct, whitish faintly defined on each side by brown,

oblique to vein 4, then inwardly oblique, some minute white

points beyond it on costa ; a very slight oblique somewhat

sinuous bluish-white subterminal line from vein 4 to inner

margin ; a fine white line at base of cilia. Hind wing

red-brown, the inner area fiery red ; a fine white line at

base of cilia; the underside bluish white suffused with

brown.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Laurent Maroni, 1 $ type. Exp.

18 mm.

3492 a. Chytonyx albiplaga, sp. n.

<$ . Head and thorax fuscous brown mixed with white and

some ochreous ; tarsi ringed with white ; abdomen ochreous

155

Genera and Species of Noctuidse.

mixed with fuscous brown, the crests black at tips. Fore

wing reddish oclireous suffused with fuscous brown, the

inner half of medial area white from just above median

nervure; traces of a double dark sinuous subbasal line from

costa to submedian fold; antemedial line very indistinct,

dark, excurved below costa and angled inwards at vein 1 ;

orbicular large, rather triangular, white, conjoined to the

white inner area ; reniform w ith obscure ochreous annulus,

its centre defined by fuscous brown ; postrnedial line in-

distinct, dark, minutely dentate, excurved from belowr costa

to vein 4, then incurved, and oblique from vein 3 to inner

margin towards tornus ; faint traces of a minutely waved

dark subterminal line ; a terminal series of minute blackish

spots. Hind wing ochreous whitish tinged with brown, the

veins and terminal area rather darker ; a diffused dark

discoidal spot ; cilia whitish ; the underside ochreous whitish

slightly irrorated with brown, a large blackish discoidal spot,

traces of a waved postrnedial line and a black terminal line

lunulate on costal half.

Hab. Formosa ( Elwes ), 1 £ type. Exp. 32 mm.

3505 a. Bryophila fulvisparsa, sp. n.

S . Head, thorax, and abdomen w hite mixed with black

and some fulvous ; antennae black ; palpi black at sides

except towards tips ; pectus and legs white mixed with brown,

the tarsi black ringed with white ; ventral surface of abdo-

men white with slight blackish segmental lines towards

extremity. Fore wing grey- white thickly irrorated with

blackish and some fulvous, the ante- and postrnedial areas

with more fulvous ; the basal costal area with some black

suffusion defined by the indistinct sinuous subbasal line

from costa to submedian fold ; antemedial line black defined

on inner side by whitish, sinuous ; orbicular and reniform

with whitish annuli, the former small, round, the latter

indistinct ; postrnedial line black defined on outer side by

whitish, waved, excurved from costa to vein 3, then strongly

incurved, some whitish points beyond it on costa; traces of

a sinuous dark subterminal line excurved below vein 7 and

at middle ; a terminal series of black striae ; cilia chequered

dark and white. Ilind wing white irrorated with luscous

brown ; a small fuscous discoidal spot, obliquely curved

postrnedial line, and faint diffused subterminal shade ; the

underside with blackish discoidal lunule and waved curved

postrnedial line.

Hab. U.S.A., Utah, Eureka (Spalding), 2 type. Exp.

30 mm.

156

Sir G. F. Ilampson on new

352 7 a. Bryophila ancemica , sp. n.

$ . Head and tliorax white tinged with brown and irro-

rated with a few blackish scales ; antennae blackish ; palpi

with some black at side of second joint ; tarsi black ringed

with white ; abdomen white tinged with fuscous, the crests

blackish. Fore wing white tinged with brown and in parts

with yellowish and slightly irrorated with blackish ; a black

streak below submedian fold from base to the antemedial

line and between the ante- and postmedial lines ; a slight

blackish subbasal streak in the cell ; antemedial line in-

distinct, blackish, angled outwards below the costa and

submedian fold and inwards below the cell and at vein 1 ;

orbicular and reniform small brownish spots with faint

whitish annuli ; postmedial line very indistinct, blackish,

bent outwards below costa and oblique from vein 4 to sub-

median fold ; traces of an oblique subterminal line with

short black streaks beyond it above and below vein 5 and

below vein 2 ; a terminal series of minute black spots ; cilia

with series of blackish spots at middle and tips. Hind wing

white tinged with reddish brown ; cilia white with a

brownish line near base ; the underside with slight brownish

discoidal spot and sinuous postmedial line excurved below

the costa.

Hah. Algeria, Batna ( Eaton ), 1 $ type. Exp. 26 mm.

3700 a. Acronycta lilacina, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax purple-grey mixed with dark brown ;

palpi with the first and second joints black except at tips ;

tarsi dark brown with pale rings ; abdomen grey suffused with

brown. Fore wing purple-grey mixed with dark brown ; an

indistinct curved blackish subbasal line from costa to median

nervure ; a black streak in submedian fold from base to the

antemedial line towards which it forks ; antemedial line

dark, indistinct except at costa, oblique, sinuous, angled

inwards below the cell and slightly at vein 1 ; some rufous

beyond it below the cell ; orbicular and reniform absent ;

a black streak above terminal part of median nervure to just

beyond the cell, with a slight streak below its extremity and

some diffused rufous beyond the cell ; a dark shade from

costa to upper angle of cell ; postmedial line black defined

on inner side by pale grey, dentate, strongly excurved below

costa, angled inwards at discal fold and strongly in sub-

median fold, some white points beyond it on costa and a

wedge-shaped dark shade from before it, to termen in sub-

median fold ; a terminal series of lunulate blackish spots ;

157

Genera and Species o/Noctuiclae.

cilia whitish mixed with brown. Hind wing whitish suffused

with brown ; cilia whitish with a blackish line through

them; the underside grey irrorated with dark brown, a

slight dark discoidal spot, rather diffused waved postmedial

line indistinct except towards costa, and faint subterminal

shade.

Hab. C. China, [Chungking ( W . R. Brown \ 1 ? type.

Exp. 30 mm.

3880 a. Lophotarsia minuta, sp. n.

Head and thorax grey-brown ; antennae blackish ; tarsi

black ringed with white ; abdomen grey-brown suffused witli

black, the anal tuft ochreous. Fore wing reddish brown

suffused with fuscous and irrorated with grey ; traces of a

curved dark antemedial line ; the orbicular and reniform

represented by some grey scales ; faint traces of a curved

postmedial line; subterminal line represented by some

minute blackish streaks in the interspaces ; a terminal series

of black points. Hind wing pure white, the costa tinged

with brown towards apex ; the underside with the costal

area irrorated with brown, a terminal series of dark points

except towards tornus.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna ( Macfie ), 1 <?, 1 ? type. Exp .

20 mm.

3913 a. Amphidrina melanosema, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax white tinged with rufous; palpi

pale rufous with some blackish at sides ; legs pale rufous,

the fore tibiae black, the tarsi black with pale rings ; abdo-

men greyish tinged with rufous and irrorated with blackish.

Fore wing pale purplish grey tinged in parts with rufous

and irrorated with blackish ; antemedial line indistinct,

double, blackish, oblique and slightly sinuous ; orbicular

a minute black spot defined by whitish ; reniform black

with whitish annulus, produced at lower extremity, a blackish

patch above it on costa ; postmedial line double, black filled

in with whitish, oblique to vein G and slightly incurved below

vein 4 ; a terminal series of minute black lunules. Hind

wing fuscous brown with a cupreous gloss ; cilia whitish

tinged with brown ; the underside grey-white irrorated with

blackish, a small black discoidal spot and curved postmedial

line.

Hab. Lorenzo Marques, 1 ? type. Exp. 34 mm.

3933 a. Athelis atrispherica , sp. n.

3 . Head aud thorax red-brown ; antennae with dark

rings ; palpi black at sides except at tips; tarsi black ringed

158

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

with white ; abdomen grey suffused with dark brown. Fore

wing glossy red-brown tinged with grey and with slight dark

irroration ; subbasal line indistinctly double, blackish, from

costa to submedian fold, antemedial line double, blackish,

slightly angled outwards at subcostal nervure, then sinuous ;

orbicular a black point with whitish annulus ; reniform

oblique elliptical, velvety black with slight whitish an-

nulus ; a sinuous blackish medial line; postmedial line black,

excurved from below costa to vein 4, then incurved, a series

of black points beyond it on the veins and some pale points

on the costa ; subterminal line blackish slightly defined on

outer side by whitish, somewhat excurved below vein 7 ; a

terminal series of black points and a fine whitish line at base

of cilia. Hind wing reddish brown ; a small blackish

discoidal spot ; a fine pale line at base of cilia ; the underside

whitish tinged and irrorated with brown, a small discoidal

spot and rather diffused curved postmedial line.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Nairobi ( Anderson ), 2 $ type.

Exp. 32 mm.

3992. Athetis melanopis, Hmpsn., nec 3917.

Rename A. melanosema.

4174 a. Monodes discisigna , sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax ochreous mixed with brown ; an-

tennae ringed with blackish ; palpi with some black at sides ;

fore and mid tibiae and tarsi streaked with black ; abdomen

ochreous suffused with brown, the basal crest black at tip,

the anal tuft rufous. Fore wing ochreous suffused in parts

with rufous and irrorated with blackish, the area beyond the

ceil suffused with darker brown between veins 5 and 2 ; the

interspaces of terminal area with slight dark streaks except

towards apex and tornus ; subbasal line represented by two

blackish striae from costa and two black points below the

cell ; antemedial line represented by a blackish striga from

costa and small black spot below origin of vein 2 ; the

terminal part of median nervure streaked with white ; a

diffused black-brown spot in middle of cell and round

blackish patch beyond the cell ; postmedial line represented

by a series of blackish points, oblique to the patch beyond

the cell, then incurved and with small black spot below

vein 2, some slight black streaks beyond it on costa; sub-

terminal line represented by a series of minute blackish

spots, excurved below vein 7, then oblique; a terminal series

of black points ; cilia with series of blackish points at middle

and tips. Hind wing white tinged with red-brown especially

159

Genera and Species of Noctuidae.

on apical part of terminal area ; the underside with the

costal and terminal areas irrorated with brown.

Hab . Jamaica, Cinchona (Kaye), 1 $ type. Exp. 28 mm.

4211 a. Monodes streptisema} sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow mixed with pale

red-brown ; antennae blackish ; palpi blackish with the ex-

tremities of the second and third joints white ; tarsi ringed

with white; abdomen with some white at base of dorsum.

Fore wing yellow mixed with red-brown ; subbasal line white

defined at sides by black scales, angled inwards at median

nervure and ending at vein 1 ; an oblique blackish shade

from submedian fold to inner margin before the antemedial

line, which is white defined at sides by some black scales,

angled outwards below costa and submedian fold and in-

wards in the cell; orbicular white defined by black, small,

round ; reniform defined by black except above, its upper

part yellowish, its lower part white, constricted at middle ;

postmedial line white defined at sides by red-brown, forming

a small spot at costa, bent outwards below the costa and

touching the upper part of reniform, then minutely waved,

some white points beyond it on the costa; subterminal line

yellowish defined on each side by diffused red-brown, forming

an oblique bar from costa to discal fold where it is in-

terrupted, then forming an almost terminal band ; a terminal

series of black points. Hind wing red-brown with a

cupreous gloss ; cilia whitish with a red-brown line through

them; the underside whitish irrorated with brown especially

on costal area, a small brown discoidal spot and postmedial

line slightly waved towards costa.

Hab. N.E. Peru, Huancabamba, Cerro del Pasco, 1 S

type. Exp. 20 mm.

Genus Nanamonodes, nov.

Type, N. albilinea.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, the second joint

reaching to vertex of head and moderately scaled, the third

short ; frons smooth ; eyes large, round ; antennae of male

ciliated ; build slender; thorax clothed almost entirely with

scales and without crests ; tibiae smoothly scaled ; abdomen

with dorsal crests on basal segments. Fore wing rather long

and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved and

not crenulate; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from

upper angle; 7 and 9 absent ; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing

with veins 3,4 coincident; 5 obsolescent from middle of

discocellulars ; 6, 7 from upper angle of cell ; 8 anasto-

mosing with the cell near base only.

160

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

4307 o . Nanamonodes albilinea , sp. n.

S . Head and thorax brown mixed with grey- white ; palpi

blackish ; tarsi blackish with pale rings ; abdomen fuscous

brown, the anal tuft whitish, the ventral surface grey. Fore

wing grey suffused with brown and irrorated with blackish

especially on basal and terminal areas ; antemedial line

white defined by black scales, almost medial, curved ; a black

spot at lower angle of cell touching the postmedial line

which is white defined by black scales, oblique to discal fold,

then inwardly oblique ; a dark subterminal shade and a

terminal series of minute black spots. Hind wing greyish

brown ; the underside whitish tinged with brown.

Hab. Venezuela, 1 $ type. Exp. 14 mm.

4470 a. Calymniodes pygmcea, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax pale rufous ; antennae dark brown ;

abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing yellowish suffused with

fiery red and slightly irrorated with blackish scales, the

postmedial area brownish white shading to brown before

the subterminal line ; antemedial line whitish defined on

outer side by brown, oblique, curving round at inner margin

and meeting the postmedial line, which is white defined on

inner side by brown and almost evenly excurved ; sub-

terminal line whitish defined on inner side by rather diffused

brown, angled outwards at vein 6 and excurved at middle.

Hind wing grey-brown ; cilia with a fine white line at base ;

the underside whitish suffused with brown especially on

terminal area, a dark discoidal spot, and indistinct diffused

curved postmedial line.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Laurent Maroni, 1 ? type. Exp.

26 mm.

4531 a. Closteromorpha cupreiplaga, sp. n.

Closteromorpha reniplaga , Hmpsn. Cat. Lep. Phal. B.M. ix. p. 177, $

(nec d).

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with bright

rufous. Fore wing leaden-grey tinged with rufous, the

basal area suffused with rufous except at inner margin ;

antemedial line very indistinct, blackish, slightly curved

inwards to costa and excurved at inner margin ; a large

cupreous rufous patch faintly defined by blackish, extending

on costa from end of cell to apex and down to vein 3, its

outer edge excised ; traces of a dark incurved postmedial

line from the patch to inner margin ; a terminal series of

161

Genera and Species of Noctuida?.

slight blackish lurmles and more prominent spot at sub-

median fold. Hind wing brown with a cupreous-red tinge.

Underside of both wings brownish with a cupreous-red tinge.

Hah . Br. Guiana, Demerara {Rodway), 1 $ type ; Fr.

Guiana, St. Laurent Maroni, £ in U.S. Nat. Mus. Exp.

34 mm.

4556 a. Calymnia monotona, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax reddish brown mixed with grey ;

antennae blackish with slight pale rings; palpi blackish;

tarsi blackish ringed with white ; abdomen blackish brown.

Fore wing grey tinged with red-brown and thickly irrorated

with dark brown ; subbasal line blackish, sinuous, from costa

to submedian fold ; antemedial line blackish defined on iuner

side by grey, oblique towards costa, then slightly sinuous ;

a faint curved dark medial shade; postmedial line blackish

defined on outer side by grey, excurved to vein 6, then

slightly sinuous, some slight dark streaks and pale striae

beyond it on costa ; subterminal line grey defined on inner

side by rather diffused blackish, very slightly excurved at

vein 7 and incurved at sub median fold ; a terminal series of

black striae and fine pale line at base of cilia. Hind wing

pale reddish brown ; a terminal series of slight blackish

striae and slight pale line at base of cilia ; the underside

whitish thickly irrorated with brown, a small discoidal spot

and rather diffused curved postmedial line.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Nairobi {Anderson), 1 $ type.

Exp. 32 mm.

4674 a. Busseola hemiphlebia, sp. n.

S . Head and thorax red-brown mixed with blackish ;

palpi and legs black-brown, the tarsi ringed with white ;

abdomen greyish brown. Fore wing pale reddish brown

irrorated with fuscous ; a darker fascia along median

nervure expanding beyond the cell to termen below apex

and tornus ; the veins of costal half with fine grey streaks;

a slight black streak in basal half of submedian fold ; white

points defined by a few black scales in and beyond lower

angle of cell ; a curved postmedial series of slight black

points; an oblique subterminal series of slight blackish

marks in the interspaces from below vein 7 to above 3; a

terminal series of black points. Hind wing brown with

a cupreous gloss; a fine dark terminal line; cilia whitish

tinged with brown ; the underside whitish suffused with

brown, the costal area darker.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Kateregi ( Macfie ), 1 £ type. Exp .

26 mm.

Ann. dc Mag. N. Ilist. Ser. 8. Vol. xiii.

11

162

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

4675 a. Busseola mesophcea, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brown mixed with black;

pectns, mid and hind legs and ventral surface of abdomen

pale brown. Fore wing pale brown irrorated with blackish,

the medial area suffused with black; diffused reddish-brown

fasciae in submedian fold and in discal fold beyond the cell ;

subbasal line black, from costa to submedian fold ; ante-

medial line rather diffused, black defined on inner side by

whitish, waved, oblique to submedian fold ; orbicular and

reniform with indistinct whitish annuli, the former round ;

in indistinct diffused sinuous black medial line; postmedial

line black defined on outer side by whitish, produced to

slight streaks on the veins, oblique to vein 5, then incurved ;

subterminal line formed by small blackish lunules defined

on outer side by whitish, angled outwards at vein 7 ; a

terminal series of black striae and fine pale line at base of

cilia. Hind wing white tinged with reddish brown ; the

underside with small blackish discoidal spot, indistinct post-

medial line with minute black streaks at the veins, and

terminal series of black striae.

ffab. N. Nigeria, Minna [Macfie), 5^,1? type. Exp.

26 mm.

4675 b. Busseola cuprescens , sp. n.

£ . Head and thorax cupreous brown mixed with ochreous ;

antennae, palpi, and legs brown ; tarsi ringed with white ;

abdomen ochreous suffused with brown. Fore wing ochreous

suffused with cupreous brown; an antemedial dark point

on vein 1 ; some dark scales beyond lower angle of cell;

a slight oblique dark subterminal shade arising from termen

below apex. Hind wing white with a very faint brownish

tinge ; the underside writh the costal area more strongly-

tinged with brown.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna {Macfie), 2 £ type. Exp.

20 mm.

4675 c. Busseola holoscota, sp. n.

<$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown slightly

mixed with grey; tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing dark

brown slightly mixed with grey ; a very slight black streak

in medial part of submedian fold ; some reddish at base of

inner margin; a white point at lower angle of cell with a

few black scales round it. Hind wing dark brown ; cilia

grey-brown; the underside greyish brown.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna [Macfie), 2 J type. Exp.

22 mm.

Genera and Species of Noctuidye.

163

4675 c?. Busseola rufidorsata, sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen, dark greyish brown ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale reddish

brown, the tarsi fuscous ringed with white. Fore wing dark

greyish brown, the area below submedian fold reddish brown ;

an indistinct reddish-brown streak in discal fold from middle

of cell to well beyond the cell where it is met by an oblique

reddish brown fascia from apex. Hind wing greyish brown;

the underside whitish tinged with brown.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Minna ( Macfie ), 1 ? type. Exp. 30 mm.

4746 a. Acrapex stictisema, sp. n.

? . Head and thorax grey-brown with a reddish tinge ;

abdomen grey-brown, the ventral surface tinged with

reddish. Fore wing pale grey-brown, the veins of costal

and terminal areas with fine grey streaks ; a faint flesh-

coloured streak in submedian fold ; a faint flesh-coloured

streak in discal fold from middle of ceil to well beyond the

cell, where it is met by a faint oblique flesh-coloured fascia

from apex ; antemedial blackish points on subcostal and

median nervures and vein 1 ; black points in and beyond

upper and lower angles of cell ; a curved postmedial series

of slight black points on veins 7 to 1 ; a terminal series of

prominent black points. Hind wing whitish tinged with

brown ; a fine blackish terminal line from apex to vein 2 ;

cilia whitish.

Hab. Dutch N. Guinea, Iwaka R. ( Wollaston ), 1 $ type.

Exp. 40 ram.

4760 a. Sesamia steniptera, sp. n.

Fore wing very narrow, the apex produced and the termen

oblique.

£ . Head and thorax whitish tinged with grey ; antennae

blackish except towards base ; palpi, front of pectus, and

fore legs blackish ; abdomen whitish. Fore wing pale flesh-

pink ; the costal area tinged with grey to beyond middle ;

the basal inner area pale grey ; a faint oblique subterminal

grey shade between veins 6 and 2 ; cilia pale grey. Hind

wing white.

Hab. Transvaal, Johannesburg ( Cooke ), 1 £ type. Exp.

30 mm.

4762 a. Sesamia fuscifrontia, sp. n.

d . Head and thorax ochreous; palpi, frons, and fore legs

fuscous brown ; mid legs tinged with brown ; abdomen

11*

164

Sir G. F. Hampson on new

ochreous whitish. Fore wing ochreous slightly irrorated

with brown, more thickly on terminal area except towards

tornus ; the veins faintly streaked with whitish towards

apex. Hind wing ochreous white ; the underside with the

costal area tinged with brown except towards base.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr, Ilala

( Neave ), 1 <$ type. Exp. 22 mm.

4767 a. Sesamia nigrit arsis, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax ochreous slightly tinged with

rufous ; palpi with some brown ; fore legs fuscous on inner

side ; mid and hind tibiae with the spurs black except at tips;

tarsi black at extremities ; abdomen ochreous. Fore wing

ochreous slightly tinged with rufous ; the median nervure

irrorated with black ; postmedial black points on veins 6

to 3 ; a terminal series of black points from below apex to

above vein 2. Hind wing pale ochreous suffused with brown

except on costal and tornal areas which are slightly irro-

rated with fuscous ; small terminal blackish spots between

veins 7 and 2. Underside ochreous irrorated with fuscous ;